A
DISCOURSE
OF
The
Requisites
in
making
of
a
War
by
Land
.
BOOK
I.
Of
Munitions
,
comprehending
Moneys
,
Arms
,
and
Victuals
.
THere
are
three
especial
Requirables
in
the
making
of
War
by
Land
:
Munitions
,
Men
,
Discipline
.
Under
Munitions
are
comprehended
all
such
materials
,
or
things
in
general
,
as
a
War
cannot
be
without
:
And
these
,
via
apparanda
sunt
,
ut
vincas
celerius
.
And
the
principal
of
these
are
,
Moneys
,
Arms
,
and
Victuals
:
for
Disciplinam
non
servat
jejunus
exercitus
.
The
second
Requirable
being
Men
or
Bodies
,
are
distinguished
into
Common-Souldiers
,
and
Officers
or
Commanders
:
Of
Common-Souldiers
,
there
are
Footmen
and
Horse-men
,
or
the
Infantry
and
Cavalry
:
Of
Commanders
;
the
Generalissimo
(
who
is
to
be
onely
One
,
under
the
penalty
of
losing
All
)
and
his
Sub-Alterns
,
as
the
Lieutenant-General
,
the
Lord
Marshal
,
the
Serjeant-Major-General
,
the
Colonel-General
,
with
the
rest
of
the
Officers
of
the
Field
,
hereafter
to
be
particularized
.
The
third
Requirable
(
as
inseparable
in
a
regular
War
as
any
of
the
rest
;
for
,
plura
concilio
,
quam
vi
perficiuntur
)
is
Discipline
.
And
this
comprehendeth
all
Councils
of
War
,
Martial
Courts
,
Stratagems
,
and
Actions
of
that
nature
;
as
also
managements
of
Arms
,
Forms
of
Battails
,
Marchings
,
and
the
like
.
And
of
every
one
of
these
,
in
this
our
Treatise
,
somewhat
shall
be
observed
;
but
very
briefly
of
them
all
.
CHAP.
I.
The
necessity
of
Treasures
.
How
they
are
attained
by
several
Princes
:
and
how
they
may
be
best
preserved
.
AND
first
of
the
first
principal
,
(
Monies
or
Treasure
)
included
under
the
first
Requisite
,
which
is
Munition
.
Now
Treasure
or
Monies
are
justly
termed
the
sinews
of
a
War
,
as
without
which
no
orderly
War
can
march
or
be
managed
:
and
therefore
not
to
be
undertaken
(
especially
offensively
)
without
a
sufficiencie
of
this
kind
,
timely
and
beforehand
laid
up
.
The
wise
Warriour
,
as
well
as
the
wise
Builder
,
being
in
the
first
place
to
fore-cast
his
accounts
and
future
expences
,
before
he
enter
upon
any
Action
of
this
Nature
.
And
herein
the
main
difficulties
are
how
to
attain
them
,
and
how
to
preserve
them
.
The
Tyrants
of
the
East
,
as
the
great
Sultan
,
the
Persian
,
the
Mogol
,
and
the
Tartarian
,
furnish
their
vast
expences
of
this
kind
,
by
being
absolute
Lords
of
all
their
peoples
Estates
,
who
are
all
their
slaves
.
The
Christian
Princes
,
who
pretend
not
so
far
this
way
,
but
govern
more
moderately
,
do
this
much
after
one
manner
,
allowing
onely
some
petty
varieties
;
as
the
Monarchs
of
Spain
,
by
their
Customs
upon
imported
and
exported
Merchandise
,
but
in
particular
and
chiefly
by
their
rich
and
unexhausted
Mines
in
America
.
The
French
Kings
by
Customs
likewise
,
and
Imposts
,
and
especially
Imposts
upon
Salt
.
The
Monarchs
of
Great
Britain
by
Customs
also
,
but
most
substantially
and
thoroughly
by
Subsidies
and
Fifteens
granted
in
Parliament
.
As
for
the
rest
of
the
mixed
Monarchs
,
as
those
of
Poland
,
Denmark
,
and
Swedeland
,
they
do
the
same
,
by
the
same
ways
,
with
little
or
no
difference
;
onely
the
great
Duke
or
Emperour
of
Muscovia
,
as
he
is
the
nearest
neighbour
to
the
Eastern
Tyrants
forementioned
,
so
he
cometh
nearest
unto
them
in
this
kind
of
Tyrannie
especially
.
As
touching
the
Common-wealths
of
Christendom
,
governed
in
a
kind
of
Aristocratical
way
,
as
those
of
Venice
,
the
Grizons
,
and
Switzers
,
and
some
others
,
more
pettie
,
as
that
of
Lucca
,
Genoa
,
and
some
of
the
free
Towns
in
Germany
;
though
in
the
means
of
their
raising
their
Treasures
they
differ
not
much
from
the
absolute
Princes
forementioned
,
yet
can
they
better
enlarge
themselves
according
to
their
occasions
,
as
being
done
by
a
general
Consent
,
and
not
at
the
will
or
pleasure
of
any
One
in
particular
.
Hence
is
it
that
the
United
States
in
the
Low-Countries
,
having
been
forced
by
their
exigents
to
nurse
themselves
up
by
a
War
,
adventured
upon
an
Addition
to
all
the
former
Christian
courses
,
by
their
Taxes
upon
all
sorts
of
Victuals
,
called
Excises
;
and
hereby
fill
their
Exchequers
,
and
to
admiration
have
maintained
a
long
War
against
a
Potent
Enemie
.
I
intend
not
to
enlarge
my self
farther
in
this
particular
of
procuring
Treasure
,
as
being
a
work
rather
appropriated
to
the
States-man
then
Souldier
:
onely
I
shall
take
liberty
to
pass
a
Souldier-like
Censure
upon
them
in
brief
;
as
,
That
that
of
the
Tyrants
is
so
insupportable
,
as
it
cannot
be
expected
to
attend
any
other
oportunitie
,
then
to
clear
it self
by
a
general
Revolt
;
and
therefore
must
be
made
good
by
as
general
a
strength
,
which
must
needs
exhaust
any
Treasure
,
be
it
never
so
great
,
and
make
the
Possessors
poor
,
though
never
so
rich
:
That
that
of
the
Christian
Princes
must
needs
be
subjected
to
many
casualties
;
as
,
to
a
decrease
in
Customs
by
the
point
of
Trading
,
to
the
hazards
of
loss
when
imported
from
the
Mines
in
Foreign
Parts
,
to
the
discontenting
of
the
Subject
when
upon
occasion
they
shall
be
never
so
little
increased
and
innovated
,
and
to
over-tedious
and
dangerous
delays
(
not
to
speak
farther
)
when
they
are
to
be
had
by
consent
of
Parliaments
:
so
that
the
Low-Country
way
,
when
(
as
now
with
them
)
it
hath
gotten
a
Prescription
by
Time
,
and
a
Toleration
by
Custom
,
seemeth
preferrable
to
them
all
,
and
especially
in
regard
of
the
certainty
of
having
them
.
As
for
the
preserving
of
them
when
they
are
gotten
,
I
shall
onely
say
,
that
it
may
be
surest
done
,
either
by
melting
them
into
Bullion
or
Wedges
,
and
so
to
coin
them
upon
occasion
(
as
was
the
practice
of
the
Ancients
)
or
to
lend
them
out
for
some
small
profit
to
particular
persons
,
upon
good
caution
:
an
especial
care
being
had
withal
,
that
the
Officers
of
the
Exchequers
be
men
of
integritie
,
chosen
rather
out
of
persons
of
honourable
birth
and
breeding
,
then
of
Mechanicks
,
and
men
of
base
condition
and
qualitie
.
And
thus
we
have
done
all
we
mean
to
do
about
the
first
principal
,
included
under
the
first
Requirable
,
which
is
Munition
.
CHAP.
II.
Of
Armours
of
proof
.
Of
Buff-Coats
,
and
quilted
Jacks
.
The
length
of
the
Pike
.
Pikes
not
to
be
over-long
.
WE
shall
speak
in
the
next
place
,
and
in
this
second
Chapter
,
of
the
second
Principal
contained
under
the
first
Requirable
,
that
is
,
of
Arms
;
and
first
,
of
Defensive
,
and
those
fitted
for
the
bodies
of
men
:
touching
which
,
I
shall
not
particularize
in
the
pieces
and
names
,
well
enough
known
to
every
Train-band-man
;
but
only
enquire
into
the
use
,
and
when
they
seem
best
fitted
for
service
,
and
for
the
turn
they
are
provided
.
And
first
of
those
called
Arms
of
proof
.
A
proof
indeed
of
the
degeneration
of
mens
spirits
and
courage
,
and
wherewith
the
wearers
become
so
over-charged
,
and
shackled
,
that
they
seem
chiefly
prepared
to
fight
against
the
shock
and
brunt
of
their
own
coats
of
Steel
;
and
as
if
bound
rather
to
defend
their
Arms
,
then
their
Arms
them
.
In
which
regard
(
for
mine
own
part
)
I
find
no
reason
why
they
should
be
in
any
great
request
.
For
should
there
be
found
one
man
of
a
thousand
so
well
underlaid
as
to
march
or
stand
under
one
of
them
,
yet
shall
he
not
be
able
to
fight
,
no
not
to
keep
his
legs
against
the
force
of
a
Musquet-shot
within
point-blank
,
or
a
level
Range
:
for
though
perhaps
it
pierce
not
his
thick
armour
,
yet
shall
it
sure
enough
lay
the
bearer
on
his
back
,
there
to
lie
until
he
find
a
Comrade
or
two
to
set
him
on
his
feet
,
or
be
troden
to
death
with
the
prease
of
his
own
side
.
And
truly
there
is
but
little
difference
,
either
in
respect
of
assistance
to
his
Partie
,
or
safetie
to
himself
,
between
a
mans
being
killed
by
a
Musquet-shot
by
the
want
of
his
boysterous
Arms
,
and
his
being
overthrown
and
tortured
to
death
by
having
them
upon
him
.
I
deny
not
,
but
such
kind
of
Arms
as
are
defensible
against
the
Sword
,
the
push
of
the
Pike
,
and
the
force
of
a
Pistol-shot
,
may
be
usefully
born
:
and
I
make
it
a
Quere
whether
this
may
not
be
done
as
well
by
a
good
Buff-coat
,
or
at
the
least
,
by
those
quilted
Jacks
(
in
my
opinion
improvidently
left
off
of
late
)
used
by
our
old
brave
English
Archers
,
as
by
any
iron
Armour
whatsoever
:
for
these
,
when
they
are
not
pierceable
,
are
not
wearable
;
and
when
pierceable
,
make
the
wound
incurable
for
the
most
part
,
by
having
a
piece
of
the
iron
of
the
Armour
carried
into
the
body
before
the
bullet
.
And
certainly
,
(
unless
we
will
fall
out
with
most
of
the
Ancients
in
point
of
credit
)
it
must
be
granted
,
that
they
had
the
use
of
certain
linen
Arms
of
excellent
proof
and
use
.
And
Justus
Lipsius
(
lib.
8.
dial.
6.
)
out
of
Nicetus
his
Chronicle
,
thus
describeth
one
of
them
:
Conradus
(
saith
he
)
fought
without
a
Target
,
and
in
lieu
of
a
Curace
,
he
had
a
woven
weed
made
of
Flax
,
soaked
in
sowre
Wine
,
well
salted
withal
,
and
often
folded
.
It
was
so
sure
against
outward
force
,
being
thus
fulled
,
salted
,
and
folded
,
that
it
could
not
be
pierced
with
Iron
or
Steel
.
Plinie
(
Hist.
Nat.
l.
8.
c.
48.
)
also
maketh
mention
of
the
like
.
And
Caesar
(
De
Bel.
Civ
.
l.
3.
)
hath
somewhat
to
this
purpose
.
And
truly
it
is
much
to
be
pitied
,
that
this
Invention
hath
been
lost
to
our
age
.
The
next
Weapon
Defensive
(
especially
against
Horse
)
is
that
of
the
Pike
,
of
which
the
most
considerable
is
the
length
.
Touching
which
,
it
is
generally
held
,
that
it
ought
not
to
be
shorter
then
eight
Cubits
,
which
make
twelve
foot
.
Some
Pikes
(
among
the
Ancients
)
have
been
found
sixteen
foot
in
length
:
witness
Polyenus
(
lib.
2.
in
Cleon.
Sect.
2.
)
where
he
saith
,
that
Cleonymus
besieging
Edessa
,
and
having
overthrown
the
Wall
of
the
City
,
the
Pikemen
(
saith
he
)
sallied
out
,
whose
Pikes
were
sixteen
cubits
in
length
.
And
it
is
not
to
be
denied
,
but
that
short
Pikes
are
greatly
disadvantaged
,
having
to
do
with
such
as
over-lengthen
them
:
for
with
a
long
Pike
,
a
man
is
able
to
strike
and
kill
his
enemie
,
and
himself
not
be
touched
.
And
hereof
Patricius
(
Parel
.
part.
2.
l.
3.
c.
8.
)
gives
us
an
example
at
the
battel
of
Sorano
,
where
Vitellozze
Vitelli
discomfited
the
Almanes
only
with
the
advantage
of
Pikes
;
his
(
saith
the
Story
)
being
an
arms
length
longer
then
those
of
the
Enemies
.
And
at
our
being
at
the
Island
of
Rey
,
after
the
Enemies
horse
(
at
our
first
landing
)
charging
furiously
French-like
,
were
most
of
them
slain
in
the
place
by
our
foot
,
and
their
Bodies
of
Pikes
came
up
to
the
push
of
ours
;
It
was
observed
,
that
our
Pikes
were
longer
then
theirs
,
and
this
was
thought
to
be
one
main
cause
of
our
so
suddain
and
thorow
routing
of
them
.
Nevertheless
(
in
my
opinion
)
a
consideration
is
to
be
had
,
that
no
Pikes
be
admitted
to
be
over-long
,
lest
they
both
exceed
the
measure
of
his
strength
and
management
that
is
to
use
them
,
and
by
their
over-length
do
over-sway
themselves
;
and
so
by
hanging
crooked
when
they
are
to
be
charged
,
do
hinder
both
the
force
and
certaintie
of
their
stroke
.
I
hold
therefore
,
that
the
proportionable
and
due
length
of
a
Pike
may
be
,
when
the
head
of
the
Pike
of
the
fourth
man
in
the
depth
of
the
File
,
being
charged
,
shall
somewhat
advance
beyond
the
face
and
shoulder
of
the
File-leader
.
And
the
ordinary
length
now
required
in
Pikes
,
being
fifteen
foot
,
is
well-near
answerable
hereunto
.
As
for
the
Three-quarter-Pikes
and
Half-Pikes
,
they
are
serviceable
and
proper
to
be
used
upon
the
walls
of
Towns
,
and
behind
Ramparts
,
Brest-works
,
and
in
Trenches
;
but
not
so
for
services
against
Horse
,
and
in
Campagnia
.
And
thus
far
concerning
the
Weapons
of
Defence
,
proper
for
the
bodies
of
Men.
CHAP.
III.
Of
the
places
and
parts
fit
for
Fortification
.
WE
are
now
to
give
some
Advertisements
concerning
the
Defence
of
Towns
:
and
in
the
first
place
,
touching
the
places
and
parts
fit
for
Fortification
.
Now
these
are
to
be
such
by
Nature
,
as
may
be
made
inexpugnable
by
Art
,
or
at
the
least
brought
to
the
nearest
terms
of
being
so
.
Of
which
kindes
are
Rocks
,
Islands
,
Hills
,
and
Necks
of
Land
.
But
herein
it
is
carefully
to
be
observed
,
that
none
of
these
places
be
commanded
by
an
external
height
;
or
if
they
be
,
that
that
part
be
fortified
also
.
Observation
is
also
to
be
made
,
that
the
soil
of
the
part
be
not
Sandie
;
for
then
there
can
be
no
repairs
either
against
Battery
or
Sap.
Respect
is
likewise
to
be
had
to
the
air
,
that
it
be
wholsom
,
and
especially
that
the
place
be
well
provided
with
water
;
and
so
,
that
it
cannot
be
cut
off
by
the
Enemie
:
That
it
be
in
a
Country
well
furnished
with
Victual
of
all
kindes
;
and
withal
so
sited
,
that
it
may
serve
as
a
Bull-work
unto
that
Country
,
either
by
a
Guard
of
a
Port
,
or
the
Defence
of
a
Passage
:
That
it
be
apt
to
offend
an
Enemy
on
all
sides
by
Sallies
;
for
so
it
shall
be
apt
also
to
be
relieved
,
and
cannot
be
blockt
up
with
any
one
Fort
alone
:
That
it
be
not
so
great
as
to
require
over-many
men
to
Man
and
Defend
it
;
nor
so
little
as
not
of
capacity
to
receive
a
sufficiencie
of
hands
to
give
an
impediment
to
an
Enemie
in
his
passage
:
the
mean
betwixt
these
two
,
being
,
when
in
the
Diameter
it
consisteth
of
three
or
four
hundred
paces
:
and
lastly
,
That
it
be
in
such
a
part
,
as
that
no
Siege
can
be
brought
before
it
,
but
by
an
Army
divided
.
To
which
end
,
the
situation
upon
Rivers
,
and
Tongues
of
Land
lying
betwixt
two
Rivers
,
are
most
proper
and
convenient
.
And
these
are
the
usual
Advertisements
and
Observations
to
be
made
and
received
in
the
point
of
choice
of
the
Place
and
Part
that
is
fit
for
Fortification
.
Whereunto
I
shall
only
add
thus
much
(
confirmed
herein
by
Gyrolamo
Maggi
,
(
lib.
della
Fortif
.
l.
1.
fol.
4.
)
and
Iacomo
Castriotto
,
approved
Engineers
,
)
that
in
new
parts
to
be
inhabited
upon
any
terra
firma
,
or
any
large
Islands
,
where
all
Landing-places
are
too
many
to
be
secured
by
Fortification
;
the
most
useful
and
provident
part
to
raise
the
strongest
piece
upon
,
is
in
some
Mid-land
place
,
where
there
is
an
Intention
to
settle
:
the
which
nevertheless
is
to
have
some
smaller
pieces
of
Fortification
round
about
it
,
or
near
unto
it
,
upon
the
most
likely
and
obvious
Avenues
,
that
so
an
assaulting
Enemie
may
be
impedited
in
his
approaches
,
as
not
daring
to
leave
an
Enemy
behinde
him
,
whereby
he
may
be
in
eminent
peril
of
being
cut
off
from
all
manner
of
supplies
,
and
may
expect
to
receive
continual
molestation
by
those
in
the
Forts
left
behind
him
;
and
likewise
the
Inhabitants
may
finde
means
not
onely
to
shelter
themselves
in
their
persons
,
but
to
save
their
goods
and
cattle
within
and
under
the
command
of
this
Fort
thus
situated
.
CHAP.
IV.
The
perfection
of
Works
due
to
Fortification
,
in
the
point
of
a
Bulwork
and
its
parts
,
and
in
the
point
of
the
Curtains
and
its
defences
.
THe
part
proper
for
Fortification
being
thus
found
,
some
Caveats
are
to
be
received
touching
the
perfecting
of
the
works
.
And
these
are
,
that
an
especial
care
be
taken
,
that
the
Bull-works
be
not
hollow
,
and
that
the
Piazza
or
Plain
thereof
be
raised
equal
with
the
Rampart
to
the
foot
of
the
Parapet
:
And
that
there
be
no
Vault
nor
Casemate
that
may
give
Impediment
to
the
play
of
the
great
Guns
,
either
by
blindings
with
smoak
,
or
any
other
way
:
That
no
Angle
of
a
Bulwork
be
over-small
,
lest
it
prove
easie
to
be
battered
;
nor
over-large
,
lest
the
point
with
a
small
battery
be
hidden
from
the
flank
:
That
every
Bull-work
have
his
Counter-mine
;
the
which
,
though
some
think
(
by
way
of
saving
of
charge
)
may
be
timely
enough
done
when
an
Enemy
begins
to
make
his
Approaches
,
yet
for
my
part
I
cannot
approve
of
so
thrifty
a
presumption
:
That
every
Bull-work
have
two
Sally-Ports
as
secretly
contrived
as
may
be
;
to
which
end
,
the
Angle
of
the
ears
of
the
Bull-work
is
the
most
proper
part
:
That
every
Flank
regard
the
face
of
the
opposite
Bull-work
,
that
so
the
Enemy
may
be
dislodged
from
Mining
the
Rampart
:
That
the
Angle
of
the
Flank
be
a
right
Angle
;
because
an
obtuse
Angle
layeth
the
Cannoniers
or
Port-holes
over-open
,
and
a
sharp
Angle
disordereth
the
Face
of
the
Piazza
of
the
Bull-work
,
and
of
the
ears
thereof
:
That
there
be
in
every
Flank
,
one
piece
of
Ordnance
at
the
least
,
so
secured
,
as
that
it
may
serve
for
a
constant
defence
for
the
opposite
Bullwork
:
That
the
Port-holes
next
to
the
Angles
of
the
Curtain
,
lie
as
little
discover'd
as
possibly
may
be
;
provided
nevertheless
,
that
they
regard
and
scour
the
ditch
and
the
covered
way
,
or
false
Bray
,
with
some
part
of
the
circumjacent
Campagnia
;
That
the
defence
of
the
Face
of
every
Bulwork
be
taken
out
of
half
of
the
Curtain
,
and
so
be
made
,
that
it
may
be
re-guarded
by
the
Flank
,
thereby
prohibiting
an
Enemie
to
Mine
;
the
which
cannot
be
done
if
the
defence
should
be
taken
from
the
Angle
of
the
Flank
,
as
of
old
:
That
the
distance
from
the
Angle
of
the
Flank
to
the
point
of
the
opposite
Bulwork
,
be
not
above
two
hundred
paces
(
within
which
distance
the
great
Guns
may
work
their
effects
)
nor
fewer
then
one
hundred
and
fiftie
;
that
so
the
Defendants
guarding
in
the
Flank
,
may
not
be
offended
by
the
Enemies
Musquetiers
from
the
point
of
the
Counterscarp
:
That
the
Ports
be
made
in
the
midst
of
the
Curtains
,
and
not
of
the
Flanks
nor
Ears
,
which
otherwise
might
be
weakned
by
them
:
That
no
part
be
discovered
from
the
Spalto
or
shoulder
;
so
shall
it
not
be
subject
to
batteries
,
or
at
the
least
not
to
the
same
batterie
of
the
Point
or
Flank
:
That
the
Curtains
between
the
Bulworks
be
drawn
in
a
right
line
:
That
no
Bridge
lead
directly
to
any
part
of
the
Work
,
that
so
the
use
of
Petards
may
be
frustrated
;
and
this
also
may
be
done
by
Draw-bridges
:
That
the
whole
Work
command
round
every
way
,
over
all
the
plain
where
it
is
erected
.
And
these
are
the
material
and
principal
observations
and
advertisements
due
to
Works
of
Fortification
,
when
new
ones
are
to
be
raised
,
and
the
choice
of
the
place
to
be
had
at
pleasure
.
CHAP.
V.
Of
defective
pieces
of
Fortification
.
Of
the
Forms
of
Works
:
the
Triangular
the
worst
Form
.
WE
are
in
the
next
place
to
make
some
advertisements
touching
such
pieces
of
Fortification
as
are
defective
,
either
in
respect
of
Form
,
or
otherwise
:
and
all
such
are
so
to
be
held
,
which
participate
not
of
the
correspondence
and
defence
which
they
should
borrow
one
of
another
.
Now
this
mal-correspondence
may
be
reformed
,
by
giving
to
the
parts
of
the
same
denomination
,
equal
proportion
in
heighth
,
breadth
,
length
and
declination
,
if
the
situation
will
possibly
permit
.
And
the
defences
are
secured
and
amended
by
increasing
of
the
points
of
the
Bulworks
to
such
a
moderation
,
as
that
they
be
not
carried
to
the
prohibited
terms
of
sharpness
;
the
which
for
all
that
,
serves
not
for
the
reformation
of
all
old
Works
,
but
onely
for
such
as
are
regular
.
As
for
the
irregular
(
besides
the
reformations
of
particular
members
)
it
will
be
needful
to
build
some
new
and
entire
bodies
of
Fortification
.
The
truth
is
,
that
in
the
reforming
of
the
substance
and
main
of
old
Works
,
more
labour
is
to
be
used
then
skill
;
for
herein
it
is
onely
necessary
to
fill
the
Bulwork
,
if
it
be
hollow
;
to
increase
the
thickness
of
the
Curtains
and
Parapets
,
if
they
be
not
sufficient
to
resist
a
Batterie
;
to
make
the
ditches
deeper
,
broader
or
narrower
,
as
cause
shall
require
;
to
cut
a
Counter-scarp
with
his
Ravelins
and
Flankers
round
about
;
to
advance
the
Spalto
,
or
shoulder
,
if
it
be
over-low
,
to
the
heigh
of
the
Cordone
;
to
increase
or
diminish
the
scarp
,
as
need
shall
require
:
and
lastly
,
to
repair
the
Camiscia
if
it
be
ruinous
.
As
for
such
Fortresses
as
are
sited
on
Sandie
Grounds
,
being
in
themselves
altogether
without
remedy
against
battery
or
sap
,
the
natural
defect
is
to
be
supplied
by
an
Artificial
Camiscia
of
wood
,
made
with
such
proportion
of
Scarp
and
thickness
,
as
that
it
cannot
be
ruined
but
by
much
time
and
great
labour
.
And
when
the
Curtains
are
excessively
long
,
and
thereby
defective
,
the
Redress
may
be
either
by
a
Cavalier
or
a
Platform
,
or
by
setting
the
Flanks
the
nearer
one
unto
another
.
But
the
best
way
is
to
make
two
Curtains
of
one
,
and
to
raise
a
new
Bulwork
in
the
midst
between
them
.
And
the
Spalla
may
be
perfected
by
either
the
same
,
with
a
new
Camiscia
,
or
by
retiring
the
Curtain
farther
into
the
Fortress
.
As
for
the
defects
of
the
Gola
of
a
Bulwork
,
they
are
not
to
be
reformed
and
made
wider
,
but
by
removing
of
the
Spallaes
so
much
as
is
needful
,
towards
them
of
the
opposite
Bulwork
.
As
for
the
Forms
of
Works
of
Fortification
,
the
Triangular
and
Square
ones
are
justly
the
most
imperfect
of
all
others
,
by
reason
that
the
Bulworks
must
of
force
become
over-sharp
in
the
points
(
and
especially
in
the
Triangular
Form
)
whereby
they
are
easily
battered
in
that
part
,
to
the
extream
danger
of
the
whole
Piece
;
by
reason
that
the
Enemie
cannot
be
offended
from
those
parts
,
but
may
safely
come
to
the
assault
,
without
being
endangered
in
Flank
:
and
besides
,
if
the
Parapet
chance
to
be
beaten
down
by
the
streightness
of
the
site
caused
by
an
acute
Angle
,
all
place
is
absolutely
taken
away
for
a
retreat
,
and
no
room
left
to
erect
another
in
its
stead
,
either
with
Gabions
or
Trenches
.
In
these
respects
it
may
therefore
be
concluded
,
that
the
best
Forms
of
Fortified
Towns
,
are
those
which
consist
of
most
sides
,
as
nearest
approaching
to
the
circular
Form
,
which
is
the
most
capable
of
all
others
,
and
by
consequent
can
afford
the
more
commodities
for
the
accommodation
of
strong
and
ample
Bulworks
,
and
have
the
Angles
more
obtuse
.
And
the
Streets
likewise
may
the
better
be
direct
and
strait
,
which
is
a
main
matter
towards
the
defence
of
a
Town
of
War
;
by
reason
that
they
may
be
the
better
traversed
with
Trenches
and
Barricadoes
upon
all
occasions
.
And
thus
much
touching
the
Works
due
unto
a
Fort
,
and
a
fortified
Town
,
both
regular
and
irregular
.
It
remaineth
to
say
somewhat
of
the
Ports
;
the
which
shall
take
up
the
Chapter
following
.
CHAP.
VI.
The
best
Forms
for
Ports
.
The
part
where
the
Ports
are
to
be
made
.
TOuching
the
Ports
of
a
Town
of
War
(
not
to
speak
any
thing
of
the
Antique
ones
,
justly
despicable
)
the
general
modern
rule
is
,
That
the
extremities
or
points
of
these
Works
be
not
extended
or
thrust
out
any
way
beyond
those
of
the
Curtains
,
lest
by
their
interposition
,
they
hinder
the
operation
of
the
Artillery
,
and
so
frustrate
the
defence
of
them
:
And
that
these
Ports
are
to
be
raised
so
near
unto
the
Bulworks
,
that
from
them
they
may
be
defended
by
Musquet-shot
.
As
for
the
part
where
these
Ports
are
to
be
made
,
the
famous
Engineer
San-Martin
Propoundeth
it
to
be
upon
the
Curtain
;
their
largeness
to
consist
of
six
Braces
,
their
height
of
nine
:
and
that
near
unto
each
Port
,
is
to
be
a
Postern
cut
out
of
the
Curtain
,
in
breadth
one
Brace
and
an
half
before
,
and
three
behind
:
and
that
the
Counter-port
should
be
of
five
Braces
in
bredth
,
and
eight
in
heighth
:
and
between
the
two
Ports
,
he
would
have
left
the
covered
Piazza
,
or
Plain
,
or
Passage
,
to
be
in
breadth
one
Brace
,
and
in
length
thirty
two
;
having
withal
two
places
so
framed
,
as
from
them
to
give
fire
on
each
side
upon
the
first
Gate
:
and
on
each
side
of
this
passage
to
be
three
square
Rooms
below
,
of
eight
Braces
on
a
side
,
wherein
to
lodge
the
Souldiers
of
the
Guard
;
and
as
many
above
,
directly
over
them
,
to
be
passed
up
into
by
two
Ladders
or
Stairs
;
the
one
Stair
on
the
one
side
,
and
the
other
on
the
other
,
upon
those
sides
of
them
which
lie
within
,
and
towards
the
Town
and
the
Guard
thereof
:
and
so
the
whole
piece
become
a
perfect
Square
,
upon
the
flat
top
of
which
,
he
would
have
a
Cavalier
to
be
raised
,
to
be
passed
up
unto
by
two
other
pair
of
Stairs
in
the
Flanks
towards
the
Curtains
.
Thus
propoundeth
the
great
Engineer
,
San-Martin
or
San
Mariano
.
Nevertheless
,
if
the
heighth
of
these
Works
be
advisedly
considered
by
this
prescription
,
I
see
not
(
howsoever
the
Front
may
make
a
gallant
Prospect
)
but
it
must
needs
carry
wich
it
very
much
of
peril
,
and
lie
open
to
a
Batterie
,
by
reason
of
the
heighth
.
And
therefore
I
am
of
opinion
,
that
these
Ports
with
their
seconds
,
are
not
to
be
made
upon
the
very
Curtains
themselves
,
but
somewhat
within
them
;
and
so
to
make
a
kind
of
Ear
or
Pome
unto
it
,
the
which
may
so
stand
out
before
the
Port
,
as
to
hinder
the
Enemie
from
beating
upon
it
with
his
Guns
,
and
withal
offend
such
of
the
Enemie
as
shall
approach
behind
the
shoulder
:
and
likewise
it
shall
hereby
play
very
freely
upon
that
side
of
the
Bulwork
which
is
next
unto
it
,
and
upon
the
bosom
or
bowing
of
the
foresaid
Ear
,
Pome
,
or
Guard
of
the
shoulder
that
flankers
it
.
True
it
is
,
that
the
way
or
passage
which
leadeth
from
the
Port
into
the
Town
,
is
to
be
(
for
a
good
way
)
somewhat
extraordinary
large
,
and
withal
with
such
a
bending
,
that
two
pieces
of
Batterie
,
at
the
least
,
may
directly
and
fully
beat
upon
the
Port
it self
:
to
which
end
all
the
whole
passage
is
to
be
kept
clear
from
all
impediments
of
houses
,
or
any
thing
else
that
may
hinder
the
play
of
these
Ordnance
.
CHAP.
VII
.
Of
Forts
or
Citadels
within
Towns
.
The
best
Forms
of
these
Forts
.
Of
the
Cavaliers
within
these
Forts
.
FRom
these
Ports
we
have
occasion
to
observe
somewhat
touching
such
Forts
and
Citadels
as
anciently
,
and
in
many
places
to
this
day
,
are
raised
and
maintained
in
some
Towns
of
War
;
and
serve
as
well
to
defend
the
place
against
an
assaulting
Enemy
,
as
to
hold
the
Town
it self
in
a
we
and
order
.
Now
to
this
purpose
,
the
antique
use
was
to
seat
the
Citadels
in
the
midst
of
the
Town
,
upon
some
high
and
elevated
part
:
and
if
none
such
was
there
to
be
found
,
then
to
raise
them
in
any
other
part
,
best
tending
that
way
.
The
more
modern
practice
hath
been
,
and
is
,
to
erect
these
Citadels
in
such
a
posture
,
and
in
such
a
part
,
that
the
one
half
of
them
might
be
within
the
Walls
of
the
Town
,
the
other
half
without
,
as
the
situation
would
bear
.
And
this
was
principally
done
,
that
supplies
might
be
brought
in
or
out
unto
the
Citadel
,
without
being
in
danger
to
be
hindred
by
the
Town
,
if
it
should
happen
to
be
impatronized
either
by
Rebels
or
by
an
Enemie
.
But
this
way
hath
not
passed
without
reproof
,
because
the
part
without
the
Walls
may
be
so
ruined
either
by
Battery
or
Mine
,
that
the
part
within
shall
not
be
able
to
put
into
it
any
sufficient
supplies
.
It
's
my
opinion
therefore
that
Citadels
within
Towns
of
War
are
most
properly
sited
,
when
they
stand
upon
the
most
eminent
and
elevated
part
,
and
if
it
may
be
,
upon
the
very
Walls
of
the
Town
,
and
so
serve
in
the
nature
of
a
Bulwork
also
,
to
guard
and
flanker
the
Curtains
of
the
Wall
on
each
side
;
but
yet
so
,
as
not
to
be
offended
by
the
over-vicinity
of
any
of
the
Bulworks
;
and
that
they
be
contrived
with
one
or
more
secret
Posterns
,
or
private
and
close
Avenues
,
that
Munition
and
Men
may
at
all
times
be
conveyed
into
them
;
and
that
every
way
they
have
a
full
command
upon
the
Town
wherein
they
stand
,
and
be
able
especially
to
beat
upon
such
parts
thereof
as
are
most
frequented
,
and
especially
the
Market-place
and
Ports
;
so
that
if
the
Town
should
chance
to
be
surprised
by
an
Enemie
,
or
turn
Rebel
,
it
may
not
onely
be
battered
by
the
Fort
,
but
the
parts
thereof
disarmed
,
and
means
and
commoditie
afforded
for
the
receipt
of
all
such
supplies
as
may
be
intended
for
the
regaining
of
the
Town
.
As
for
the
Forms
of
these
Citadels
,
howsoever
the
Triangular
and
Quadrate
Forms
are
disapprovable
in
Royal
Forts
(
as
formerly
was
noted
)
yet
in
these
,
in
regard
they
are
generally
but
small
,
they
may
be
allowed
to
consist
of
four
sides
,
and
indeed
not
of
above
five
:
yet
is
their
circuits
not
to
be
so
little
,
but
that
there
may
be
a
sufficiencie
of
Retreat
upon
all
occasions
:
for
otherwise
they
may
suffer
much
.
As
for
their
Walls
,
Curtains
,
and
Bulworks
,
they
ought
to
be
(
in
my
judgment
)
somewhat
larger
,
and
their
ditches
deeper
then
those
of
the
Town
,
as
sustaining
the
greater
charge
,
and
undergoing
the
more
of
danger
.
It
is
also
very
necessary
,
that
within
these
Citadels
,
Mounts
or
Cavaliers
,
be
raised
in
the
midst
of
them
,
not
of
stone
(
for
these
may
not
onely
be
easily
ruined
by
an
Enemies
Counter-battery
,
but
withal
prove
dangerous
to
the
defendants
in
Guard
near
at
hand
,
)
but
of
good
earth
:
the
top
of
which
is
to
be
circled
with
Gabions
,
or
solid
entrenchments
.
And
thus
may
the
Territory
and
Champain
round
about
be
commanded
with
the
Ordnance
mounted
upon
them
,
and
the
Enemie
be
disabled
from
making
his
approaches
but
with
much
molestation
and
danger
.
As
for
the
way
to
furnish
these
Citadels
with
water
,
it
must
be
done
by
Wells
or
Cisterns
,
or
both
,
in
convenient
places
.
And
for
their
Arms
,
Victuals
,
and
Powder
,
Caves
and
well-secured
parts
must
be
framed
,
wherein
to
store
them
:
and
especially
for
their
Powder
,
that
it
may
be
so
distributed
and
repartited
,
that
it
be
not
either
by
chance
or
treachery
fired
all
at
once
.
But
of
this
more
shall
be
prescribed
in
another
place
.
Now
the
benefit
and
assistance
that
have
been
found
by
these
kind
of
Citadels
,
was
evidenced
in
that
of
the
Campi
doglio
at
Rome
,
which
recovered
that
Citie
from
the
Gauls
:
In
that
of
Tarento
,
which
held
out
five
years
after
the
taking
of
the
Town
,
and
was
the
means
of
reducing
it
.
And
of
late
in
an
Action
of
our
own
in
the
journey
to
the
Island
of
Rey
,
where
the
Citadel
of
the
Town
of
S.
Martins
,
(
though
it
lay
without
the
Town
,
because
the
Town
was
unwalled
)
after
we
had
been
possessed
of
the
Town
and
whole
Island
,
for
three
months
space
,
by
its
holding
out
against
us
,
put
us
to
a
Retreat
,
with
the
loss
of
our
cost
and
labour
,
and
the
lives
of
some
of
our
best
men
.
CHAP.
VIII
.
The
best
matter
whereof
to
build
Forts
.
How
to
be
wrought
where
there
is
sand
.
AS
for
the
substance
and
matter
whereof
the
Works
of
this
Nature
are
to
be
made
and
to
subsist
,
it
is
earth
;
and
of
earth
,
the
perfect
clay
is
the
best
.
And
yet
when
this
is
to
be
had
,
provision
is
withal
to
be
made
of
store
of
brush
and
fagots
.
Of
which
,
in
raising
the
Bastions
or
Scarps
,
one
fagot
is
to
be
laid
in
every
three
foot
of
ground
,
and
so
thoroughout
the
whole
Work
:
only
the
Front
of
the
Work
is
to
be
made
up
with
good
Turf
,
with
the
Green
side
outwards
,
and
to
be
well
lined
with
brush
and
fagots
,
with
good
mold
thrown
both
upon
them
and
into
them
;
the
which
will
not
onely
make
it
firm
,
but
comely
.
And
where
none
of
this
prime
earth
is
to
be
had
,
but
that
onely
of
the
middle
sort
,
which
is
part
of
a
firm
clay
,
and
part
of
sand
;
then
ought
there
to
be
provided
the
greater
store
of
this
brush
and
fagots
,
and
mud
,
or
the
like
stuff
,
to
be
thrown
into
the
Fagots
,
and
a
fagot
to
be
put
between
every
two
Turffs
of
earth
.
But
where
nothing
is
to
be
gotten
but
meer
sand
onely
(
which
is
the
worst
of
all
sorts
of
earth
,
)
a
very
great
abundance
of
brush
and
fagots
are
to
be
had
in
readiness
;
and
the
most
firm
and
stable
Turff
is
to
he
fetched
elsewhere
,
and
to
be
proportioned
into
eight
Spans
in
largeness
,
and
sixteen
in
length
.
And
the
rows
of
Turff
are
to
be
doubled
the
one
upon
the
other
,
and
with
great
Pins
or
Dibbles
of
strong
wood
,
each
of
them
of
two
foot
in
length
,
to
be
pinned
and
fastned
together
.
And
every
course
of
two
Turffs
are
thus
to
be
pinned
;
putting
withal
into
every
course
a
sufficient
store
of
fagots
filled
with
sand
:
and
in
the
face
of
all
,
some
of
the
best
earth
is
again
to
be
laid
to
the
thickness
of
four
Spans
,
that
so
this
earth
may
be
scarped
by
little
and
little
,
to
cause
the
Work
to
shew
fair
;
two
Scarps
being
to
be
made
between
every
five
foot
of
ground
,
always
mingling
withal
,
within
and
near
unto
the
firm
earth
,
some
Straw
,
or
Mud
,
or
the
like
stuff
.
And
indeed
these
fagots
or
brush
,
are
the
most
principal
materials
,
as
well
for
defence
in
Cities
,
as
in
all
approaches
upon
them
:
neither
,
to
say
truth
,
can
any
defences
at
all
be
suddenly
raised
by
any
means
without
them
,
nor
any
half
Moons
,
or
the
like
;
so
that
it
may
well
be
said
,
Want
Fagots
,
want
Defences
.
And
this
is
evidenced
in
no
part
more
,
then
in
the
Low-Country-Wars
,
where
most
of
their
designs
reflect
upon
the
taking
and
keeping
of
strong
Towns
,
and
where
all
,
both
defences
and
approaches
are
chiefly
made
up
with
these
fagots
:
witness
above
all
others
,
the
last
famous
Siege
of
the
Borse
,
where
the
expence
in
these
kinds
alone
,
was
on
the
Assailants
part
infinite
great
,
and
the
effects
no
less
admirable
.
CHAP.
IX
.
Of
Guns
in
a
Town
of
War
:
Where
best
to
be
placed
.
HAving
gone
thus
far
in
the
point
of
Forts
and
Fortifyings
of
Towns
of
War
,
we
are
to
give
some
advertisements
about
the
Artillery
and
Guns
belonging
and
due
unto
them
.
It
is
the
general
opinion
,
that
in
a
Town
of
War
of
the
true
size
,
which
(
as
before
said
)
is
to
be
in
the
diameter
betwixt
three
and
four
hundred
paces
,
there
are
not
to
be
fewer
then
sixty
pieces
of
Ordnance
,
which
are
thus
qualified
:
Of
Cannons
twelve
,
shooting
forty
pounds
of
iron
,
which
are
to
be
imployed
in
Counter-Batteries
.
Of
Demy-cannons
eighteen
,
shooting
twenty
four
pounds
of
iron
,
for
the
defeat
of
the
Enemies
defences
and
trenches
.
Of
those
called
by
the
French
,
Quarts
du
Cannons
,
shooting
ten
pounds
of
iron
,
wherewith
to
offend
the
Enemie
in
his
approaches
,
and
to
endanger
his
Sentinels
and
Out-watches
.
Of
Field-pieces
twenty
,
shooting
five
pounds
of
iron
,
or
seven
and
a
half
of
lead
;
to
be
imployed
not
onely
upon
the
Walls
and
Ramparts
,
but
upon
the
entries
of
Breaches
:
and
besides
all
these
,
three
Morter-pieces
at
the
least
,
for
the
throwing
of
Granadoes
and
Fire-works
into
the
Enemies
Trenches
,
and
to
give
light
in
the
night-time
,
for
discoverie
of
the
Enemies
Works
.
These
are
the
Repartitions
of
the
great
Guns
,
accounted
requisite
for
the
defence
of
a
well-fortified
Town
:
wherein
I
shall
onely
advise
to
change
the
twelve
whole
Cannons
for
so
many
half
ones
.
And
my
reasons
are
,
first
,
because
they
are
more
manageable
:
secondly
,
in
that
they
may
the
oftner
,
and
with
more
ease
,
be
charged
,
discharged
,
and
recharged
:
thirdly
,
in
regard
that
they
do
not
over-shake
their
Walls
and
Works
,
as
Cannons
do
:
and
lastly
,
in
that
they
exact
not
so
many
hands
to
manage
them
,
nor
require
so
great
expence
of
Powder
as
the
other
.
As
for
the
parts
and
particular
places
where
these
great
Guns
are
to
be
lodged
,
and
especially
during
the
time
of
a
Siege
;
the
Rules
are
,
that
if
the
Enemie
plant
his
Batteries
against
the
Curtains
of
the
Wall
,
the
Guns
in
the
Town
are
to
be
mounted
upon
the
Bulworks
next
unto
that
Curtain
where
the
Enemie
batters
:
lodging
withall
some
few
Pieces
upon
the
inmost
brink
of
the
ditch
which
flankers
with
the
breach
.
But
in
this
point
,
especiall
care
is
to
be
taken
,
that
these
Pieces
,
as
well
on
the
Bastion
as
Ditch
,
be
never
suffered
to
play
,
save
when
the
Enemie
presents
himself
in
multitudes
to
force
the
breach
,
that
so
they
may
lie
undiscovered
.
But
if
the
Enemie
batters
upon
the
Bulworks
,
then
the
neck
of
the
Bastion
is
to
be
cut
and
retrenched
;
and
within
this
retrenchment
some
great
Guns
are
to
be
laid
,
and
with
good
shoulders
to
be
well
covered
and
shadowed
,
until
the
Enemie
adventures
to
force
the
breach
,
and
then
to
be
thorowly
imployed
on
the
sudden
.
And
this
retrenchment
may
also
be
used
in
defence
of
the
Curtains
,
if
there
be
a
void
place
for
the
making
of
a
half
Moon
,
or
the
like
piece
of
Work
.
And
thus
are
the
great
Guns
to
be
lodged
and
imployed
in
a
well-fortified
Town
of
War.
CHAP.
X.
Of
the
Out-works
requisite
to
a
Town
of
War
.
Of
the
Ditch
,
the
Ravelins
,
Horn-work
,
Counter-Scarp
,
Half
Moons
.
HAving
thus
far
discoursed
of
the
inward
Works
of
a
Town
of
War
,
we
shall
now
advertise
somewhat
also
of
the
Out-works
.
And
first
of
the
Moat
or
Ditch
,
which
lieth
the
next
without
the
Town-Wall
;
and
is
sometimes
in
some
places
without
water
,
sometimes
filled
with
water
;
and
again
:
sometimes
filled
with
a
standing
water
,
sometimes
with
a
current
.
Now
of
these
particulars
,
as
also
of
the
breadth
of
the
Ditch
,
some
disputes
have
been
which
should
be
the
best
.
Of
which
(
as
affecting
brevity
)
I
shall
onely
say
,
That
the
drie
Ditch
may
be
fittest
in
respect
of
the
Works
that
may
be
made
in
it
;
and
the
wet
,
in
regard
of
retarding
and
troubling
of
an
Enemie
,
and
forcing
of
him
to
fill
it
up
,
or
to
lay
Galleries
over
it
.
The
second
Out-work
without
the
Walls
,
are
the
Ravelins
;
and
these
generally
are
cut
out
triangle-wise
,
and
are
raised
for
the
most
part
,
in
the
middle
of
the
Ditch
,
and
serve
as
well
to
defend
and
scowre
the
Ditch
,
as
also
in
the
nature
of
Casemates
.
The
third
Work
without-dores
,
is
that
called
the
Counter-Scarp
;
and
it
is
a
kinde
of
Brest-work
,
cut
enclining
by
little
and
little
downwards
,
and
sited
on
the
outmost
shore
or
side
of
the
Ditch
:
and
it
serves
for
the
safety
of
Musquetiers
.
The
fourth
Work
of
this
nature
,
is
termed
a
Horn-work
;
and
it
is
contrived
to
secure
and
scowre
the
Curtains
of
the
Counter-Scarp
.
And
it
takes
the
name
,
by
having
their
corners
of
the
Fronts
shaped
like
a
Fork
,
or
two
Horns
joyned
together
.
Last
of
all
,
before
these
Horn-works
are
again
cut
out
certain
places
of
a
safe
Retreat
,
called
Half
Moons
;
and
these
are
also
fortified
with
a
Counter-Scarp
about
one
Cubit
in
heighth
.
And
into
these
Half
Moons
are
passages
cut
out
for
the
Souldiers
to
go
from
the
Front
of
the
Horn-work
behinde
them
,
over
little
Draw-bridges
thrown
over
their
Ditches
.
And
these
are
the
chief
and
prime
of
all
those
Pieces
termed
Out-works
;
which
,
to
speak
truly
,
are
rather
the
Repairs
and
Succours
of
faultie
Pieces
of
Fortification
,
then
any
true
ones
themselves
.
Touching
all
which
in
general
,
and
especial
care
is
to
be
had
,
that
both
the
outward
and
inward
Works
of
a
true
fortified
place
,
be
so
contrived
,
and
so
correspond
one
to
another
,
that
some
of
them
lying
higher
then
others
,
and
others
again
in
an
equal
heighth
,
they
may
with
the
more
surety
defend
each
other
from
the
Flanks
,
and
from
above
:
so
that
from
the
outmost
to
the
next
to
it
,
and
from
thence
to
the
rest
,
there
may
be
a
safe
retreat
for
the
Defendants
upon
all
occasions
.
CHAP.
XI
.
Ways
of
Defence
,
by
Protraction
,
Frustration
.
Batteries
,
Mines
,
Assaults
,
how
to
make
void
.
Defence
of
Towns
by
way
of
Sallies
.
How
to
carry
off
a
Garison
out
of
a
Sea-Town
.
WE
shall
now
propound
some
courses
of
defence
by
way
of
Protraction
,
and
others
by
way
of
Frustration
;
whereby
a
besieged
place
may
haply
preserve
it self
against
expugnation
.
Now
the
courses
by
Protraction
,
are
either
by
the
raising
of
some
small
Forts
,
or
by
Counter-approaches
,
or
Sallies
.
The
Forts
to
this
purpose
are
to
be
raised
within
Musquet-shot
of
the
Town
,
whose
Ditches
are
to
be
emboqued
from
the
Flanks
of
the
Bulwork
,
or
at
the
least
from
some
part
of
the
Curtain
,
from
which
also
the
platforms
of
the
Forts
are
to
be
wholly
discovered
;
that
if
the
Enemy
should
gain
them
,
he
may
as
suddenly
be
beaten
out
,
and
disabled
from
maintaining
them
.
The
Counter-approaches
are
to
be
emboqued
from
the
Flanks
,
and
to
begin
at
the
Counter-Scarp
,
and
so
to
be
carried
towards
the
Enemies
approaches
.
And
the
use
of
these
are
,
both
to
delay
the
Enemie
in
his
approaches
,
and
to
lodge
Souldiers
in
;
from
whence
they
may
aid
the
Defendants
in
their
Sallies
.
And
the
one
part
of
the
earth
taken
out
of
these
Counter-approaches
,
is
to
be
cast
up
towards
the
Enemies
Works
;
and
the
rest
to
be
carried
into
the
Town
for
Munition-earth
.
As
for
Sallies
,
whensoever
they
are
to
be
practised
by
night
,
a
sure
course
is
to
be
taken
that
intelligence
be
gotten
how
the
Enemie
is
lodged
,
that
they
may
be
brought
on
accordingly
:
if
they
be
to
be
made
by
day
,
it
must
always
be
done
upon
a
sure
advantage
,
and
a
strict
injunction
that
they
pass
not
beyond
the
distance
of
a
Reserve
to
be
given
them
by
the
shot
of
the
Town
.
And
thus
by
these
Sallies
discreetly
made
,
the
carrying
of
Galleries
and
Traverses
intended
by
the
Enemie
,
may
be
hindred
from
being
brought
over
the
Ditch
.
And
the
like
may
also
be
done
by
Counter-mines
,
if
the
Ditch
be
drie
;
and
by
throwing
into
it
combustible
matter
,
as
Fire-works
,
and
the
like
.
And
if
the
Ditch
be
wet
,
provision
must
be
made
of
Boats
and
Floats
,
for
the
better
conduction
of
these
Sallies
whensoever
they
are
made
.
And
these
are
the
courses
of
Protraction
.
Those
of
Frustration
,
are
performed
either
by
making
void
the
Enemies
Batteries
,
or
his
Mines
,
or
his
Assaults
.
His
Batteries
may
be
made
void
either
by
a
Counter-batterie
,
which
may
dismount
his
Guns
,
spoil
their
Carriages
,
or
ruine
their
Gabions
:
Or
by
a
repair
of
the
breaches
made
by
the
Enemies
Cannon
;
to
which
end
,
store
of
Timber
,
Pales
,
Faggots
,
Hurdles
,
and
Munition-earth
,
are
to
be
provided
:
Or
by
carrying
the
earth
into
the
Town
which
falleth
from
the
Batterie
,
that
it
remain
not
either
in
the
Ditch
,
or
increase
the
Scarp
.
The
Enemies
Mines
may
be
frustrated
,
either
by
Counter-mines
,
or
by
Batteries
from
the
opposite
Flank
,
or
by
wetting
of
the
Powder
in
the
bed
of
the
Mine
,
or
by
giving
vent
unto
the
Mine
.
And
either
of
these
may
be
done
when
the
place
of
the
Mine
is
discovered
;
and
it
may
be
discovered
by
the
use
of
a
long
Piercer
,
such
as
are
commonly
used
in
the
proving
and
search
after
Cole-mines
.
The
Enemies
Assaults
(
though
they
cannot
be
absolutely
restrained
)
yet
may
be
sustained
either
by
the
Cannon
securing
in
Flank
,
and
fully
re-guarding
the
breach
,
being
continually
well
plyed
during
the
whole
time
of
the
assault
;
or
by
a
Counter-Mure
,
whose
platform
ought
to
be
streight
,
and
the
Flanks
so
contrived
that
one
may
not
endamage
the
other
:
Or
by
Mines
as
well
in
the
ditch
as
platform
of
the
Counter-Mure
,
and
which
may
be
covered
with
boards
full
of
nails
:
Or
by
continual
throwing
of
Granadoes
,
Stones
,
Timber
,
artificial
fires
,
and
the
like
combustible
matter
.
And
if
any
place
of
strength
,
as
Town
or
Fort
,
shall
happen
to
be
so
assaulted
and
stormed
,
as
that
neither
hope
of
any
inward
defence
remains
,
nor
hope
of
Quarter
;
in
this
desperate
condition
,
if
a
Sally
be
made
out
of
divers
Ports
at
once
,
and
that
unexpectedly
and
thorowly
brought
on
,
and
well
followed
;
it
hath
been
found
not
onely
to
mitigate
the
heat
and
violence
of
the
assault
,
and
control
the
fury
of
the
Enemy
,
the
better
to
obtain
reasonable
and
Souldier-like
conditions
and
Quarter
;
but
also
quite
to
alter
the
face
of
the
day
,
and
absolutely
to
occasion
the
quitting
of
the
Siege
.
And
hereof
we
have
a
punctual
example
from
Caesar
in
his
Commentaries
,
where
Sergius
Galba
(
being
sent
to
make
good
a
certain
passage
of
the
Alps
,
and
to
that
purpose
resolving
to
winter
in
the
part
)
was
suddenly
besieged
,
and
assaulted
in
his
standing
Camp
,
by
the
native
inhabitants
;
and
being
so
over-pressed
with
multitude
,
that
no
hope
of
longer
defence
remained
,
by
the
advice
of
Caius
Volusenus
,
the
besieged
Romans
brake
out
thorow
all
the
gates
of
the
assaulted
Camp
,
on
such
a
sudden
,
and
with
such
a
courage
and
alacrity
,
that
they
gave
the
assailing
Enemy
no
leisure
to
consider
of
what
was
done
,
nor
to
satisfie
their
judgments
and
apprehensions
upon
so
unexpected
a
motion
:
so
that
the
face
of
all
things
being
suddenly
changed
,
the
Romans
(
saith
the
Story
)
found
the
means
to
slay
more
then
the
third
part
of
thirty
thousand
men
,
and
absolutely
routed
all
the
rest
.
And
if
a
Garrison
or
Army
being
besieged
in
a
Haven-Town
,
the
Port
being
open
to
Seaward
,
shall
be
so
forced
upon
by
an
over-potent
Enemy
,
as
that
the
place
must
needs
be
forsaken
;
the
safest
course
to
do
this
,
consisteth
in
some
Works
to
be
made
within
the
Town
:
and
these
Works
may
be
of
three
sorts
;
either
by
Muring
and
Barricadoing
up
the
Entrances
and
ends
of
the
Streets
and
Lanes
which
might
give
access
to
the
Enemie
;
or
by
sinking
some
Ditches
or
Trenches
cross
those
ways
and
passages
,
which
may
also
be
stuck
full
of
sharp
stakes
and
calthrops
,
covered
and
shadowed
over
with
light
and
thin
hurdles
,
that
the
assailing
Enemie
may
not
heed
them
;
or
to
hedge
in
all
such
Avenues
as
lead
unto
the
Port
,
with
a
strong
Pallizado
.
As
for
the
course
of
conveyance
of
the
Souldiers
out
of
the
Town
to
Ship-board
,
it
must
be
carried
with
as
little
shew
of
fear
as
may
be
;
and
by
the
stay
and
shewing
of
some
of
the
lightest
armed
men
here
and
there
upon
the
Walls
and
Bulworks
,
to
make
a
semblance
of
a
longer
holding
out
of
the
place
;
and
that
the
Enemie
may
take
no
notice
of
the
least
intention
of
a
retreat
.
And
these
last
reserve
of
men
,
are
to
be
called
off
upon
the
giving
of
a
word
,
after
the
rest
of
the
army
are
embarqued
,
without
noise
or
tumult
.
And
of
this
also
we
find
a
president
during
the
Civil
Wars
between
Caesar
and
Pompey
,
who
being
besieged
by
Caesar
in
Brundisium
,
punctually
practised
this
course
,
and
safely
shipped
all
the
remainder
of
his
forces
into
Greece
,
where
most
of
his
Legions
were
before
.
And
this
he
did
without
loss
or
trouble
,
although
Caesar
did
his
best
to
prevent
it
.
And
surely
had
we
done
the
like
at
the
Isse
of
Rey
,
and
in
this
manner
shipped
our
men
at
the
Town
of
St.
Martins
,
and
not
marched
over
into
the
small
Island
of
Loiz
by
Land
,
in
all
likelyhood
we
had
escaped
that
blow
,
and
had
come
more
fairly
off
in
that
our
unluckie
descent
.
CHAP.
XII
.
Of
the
expugnation
of
Forts
:
how
by
an
Escalade
,
either
in
the
night
or
day
.
The
Bridges
for
an
Escalade
,
how
ordered
.
Of
Surprizes
by
the
use
of
Petards
.
Of
approaches
upon
a
besieged
Town
.
Of
Galleries
used
in
Sieges
,
Batteries
,
how
to
be
made
and
preserved
.
ANd
thus
having
spoken
somewhat
of
all
the
ways
and
practices
Defensive
in
a
War
,
we
shall
now
do
the
same
touching
the
courses
of
Offence
.
And
first
of
all
,
this
ought
to
be
received
as
a
Maxime
,
that
whosoever
intendeth
to
expugn
any
place
whatsoever
,
is
to
be
at
that
present
,
in
that
part
,
Master
of
the
Field
:
he
ought
also
to
be
well
informed
of
the
situation
,
strength
and
provisions
of
all
kindes
,
wherewith
the
place
he
means
to
besiege
is
furnished
.
As
in
particular
,
with
what
kindes
of
Ordinance
,
and
how
many
;
with
what
quantitie
of
Provisions
,
as
well
for
defence
as
in
point
of
Victual
.
A
true
and
perfect
designation
is
likewise
to
be
procured
of
the
Walls
,
Fortifications
,
Bulworks
,
and
Bastions
;
of
the
strongest
and
weakest
parts
of
the
place
,
as
also
of
the
most
Minable
and
Unminable
parts
.
And
if
he
aim
to
attempt
it
by
surprize
,
that
it
be
resolved
with
judgment
,
and
executed
with
diligence
and
resolution
:
and
in
particular
,
if
by
way
of
Escalade
or
Scaling
,
either
by
day
or
night
,
that
perfect
information
be
gotten
of
the
quality
of
the
Ditch
;
as
,
whether
it
be
filled
with
a
standing
water
,
or
a
currant
;
whether
it
have
a
Counter-Scarp
or
not
,
on
the
innermost
side
.
If
it
have
a
Counter-Scarp
,
and
the
water
in
the
Ditch
be
a
current
,
the
course
by
way
of
an
Escalade
may
be
,
by
the
provision
of
a
dozen
of
light
bridges
made
with
two
poles
of
Pine
,
or
some
other
light
wood
,
to
the
length
of
fifteen
or
twenty
foot
,
and
the
thickness
of
a
mans
thigh
;
upon
which
poles
,
traverse
pieces
of
planks
are
to
be
fastned
a
foot-wide
asunder
,
Ladderwise
,
and
to
be
in
largeness
about
three
foot
.
At
the
ends
of
which
Ladder
or
Bridge
,
as
well
before
as
behind
,
two
strong
cords
are
to
be
fastned
;
that
by
them
,
when
the
Bridges
or
Ladders
are
thrown
over
the
water
of
the
Ditch
,
they
may
be
drawn
back
at
pleasure
.
These
Bridges
thus
fitted
,
may
each
of
them
be
carried
by
six
men
:
and
being
brought
to
the
side
of
the
Ditch
,
and
set
down
upon
the
water
,
four
or
six
Souldiers
are
to
bestow
themselves
upon
each
bridge
,
sustaining
themselves
upon
their
Pikes
,
and
so
to
pass
over
the
Moat
.
These
men
being
thus
gotten
over
,
they
are
to
thrust
back
the
Bridges
,
holding
the
ends
of
the
cords
which
are
next
unto
them
,
and
giving
room
and
a
length
of
cord
for
the
bridges
to
pass
over
,
that
so
they
may
reach
to
the
other
outward
side
.
The
which
being
done
,
four
or
five
Souldiers
more
are
(
as
formerly
)
to
pass
upon
each
bridge
;
and
those
Souldiers
that
were
first
over
,
are
to
draw
these
bridges
up
unto
them
.
And
thus
to
continue
doing
,
until
there
be
so
many
Souldiers
past
over
as
the
place
is
capable
to
receive
,
or
shall
be
held
sufficient
to
carry
the
Town
.
This
being
done
,
these
bridges
are
to
be
drawn
up
out
of
the
Ditch
by
the
Souldiers
that
have
passed
over
,
and
are
to
serve
in
the
nature
of
Ladders
for
the
scaling
of
the
Wall
.
And
because
they
may
perchance
prove
too
short
for
the
heighth
of
the
Wall
,
it
is
a
necessary
providence
to
have
for
every
one
of
these
bridges
a
smaller
Ladder
,
not
fully
so
broad
as
the
Bridge-ladders
themselves
;
the
which
may
be
enchased
and
made
fast
unto
them
by
their
steps
,
and
so
the
want
of
height
in
the
bridges
supplied
.
It
is
good
providence
also
to
provide
some
Ladders
of
cords
with
strong
hooks
of
iron
at
their
ends
;
the
which
hooks
by
throwing
,
are
to
be
latched
to
the
top
of
the
Wall
.
But
these
are
not
so
much
to
be
trusted
upon
,
as
the
former
Ladders
,
in
regard
that
they
may
be
often
thrown
up
,
before
they
fasten
.
And
these
are
the
most
probable
and
secure
courses
to
be
practised
in
Escalades
.
Many
others
there
are
of
this
nature
,
which
are
to
be
varied
,
according
to
occasion
and
opportunity
,
to
this
purpose
.
But
if
a
Surprize
be
intended
by
the
use
of
a
Petard
,
one
approved
course
may
be
,
by
fastning
the
Petard
to
the
end
of
the
Mast
of
a
ship
,
much
after
the
same
manner
that
small
barrels
of
Guns
are
laid
into
stocks
of
wood
.
At
the
other
end
of
which
Mast
is
to
be
hung
a
weight
counterpoising
the
Petard
,
that
so
it
may
be
directed
and
moved
in
a
straight
line
.
And
in
the
midst
of
the
Mast
are
certain
wheels
to
be
fastned
,
equal
to
the
wheels
of
the
Carriage
of
a
Cannon
.
Behinde
these
wheels
,
when
the
Petard
is
brought
to
the
part
where
it
is
to
do
execution
,
impediments
are
to
be
laid
to
prevent
all
reverse
.
And
it
is
to
be
brought
up
as
close
to
the
place
where
it
is
to
work
,
as
possibly
may
be
.
And
against
the
time
of
giving
fire
to
the
Petard
,
provision
must
be
made
of
a
Draw-bridge
,
to
supply
the
place
of
a
Draw-bridge
belonging
to
the
Town
that
is
to
be
attempted
,
if
it
should
be
broken
down
,
or
drawn
up
.
And
thus
much
onely
touching
such
attempts
as
are
to
be
made
upon
a
Town
of
War
,
by
way
of
Surprise
.
But
if
this
be
to
be
done
by
encampings
,
observation
is
to
be
made
,
that
the
Army
be
lodged
and
entrenched
with
such
judgment
,
that
the
Quarters
on
all
sides
,
and
at
all
times
,
secure
and
second
one
another
;
and
withal
be
so
well
united
,
that
they
may
both
repel
the
Enemie
in
Campagnia
(
if
he
shall
offer
to
fall
on
that
way
)
and
to
maintain
themselves
withal
against
the
besieged
Town
.
As
for
the
approaches
upon
the
Town
it self
,
they
are
to
be
begun
somewhat
beyond
the
distance
of
Musquet-shot
from
the
Towns
Wall
(
except
the
situation
of
the
place
afford
other
advantage
)
and
from
thence
are
to
be
carryed
forwards
to
the
Ditch
,
and
then
thorow
the
Ditch
to
the
face
of
the
Bulwork
:
and
rather
to
the
Bulwork
then
the
Curtains
,
(
especially
if
the
besieged
Town
be
any
thing
large
)
because
the
Curtains
are
guarded
with
more
then
one
Flanker
,
whereas
the
Bulwork
is
onely
with
one
.
And
in
the
making
of
these
approaches
,
these
particulars
that
follow
are
always
to
be
observed
.
First
,
That
all
the
earth
taken
out
of
the
Trenches
be
thrown
towards
the
Town
besieged
.
Secondly
,
That
these
Trenches
lie
not
open
to
any
part
of
the
Town
,
either
in
Front
or
Flank
.
And
this
to
be
done
by
carrying
of
the
Lines
of
the
approaches
fully
without
the
points
of
the
Bulwork
toward
which
it
is
to
be
approached
;
and
withal
,
by
making
them
deep
below
the
line
to
six
foot
,
and
not
broader
in
the
bottom
then
to
twenty
foot
.
Thirdly
,
That
all
these
approaches
flank
one
another
;
which
is
done
by
making
of
many
Trenches
(
al
le
Forbici
)
every
one
of
them
being
to
be
to
the
length
of
thirty
or
forty
paces
.
Fourthly
,
That
every
Trench
be
provided
with
some
small
Works
for
the
lodging
of
a
Corps
du
Gard
;
and
these
are
to
be
cast
up
at
the
ends
and
mid-parts
of
the
Trenches
.
Fifthly
,
That
at
the
head
of
every
approach
,
a
small
Fort
be
contrived
capable
to
lodge
so
many
Souldiers
as
may
repulse
any
Sally
.
Sixthly
,
That
the
Angles
of
the
Trenches
be
deeper
then
the
rest
of
them
,
so
to
preserve
them
from
being
discovered
from
any
part
of
the
Town
.
Seventhly
,
That
the
cutting
into
the
Counter-Scarp
be
under
ground
,
and
not
directly
embocqued
with
any
part
of
the
Wall
.
Eighthly
,
That
those
approaches
which
be
carried
thorow
the
Ditch
to
the
Wall
,
be
made
of
matter
incombustible
;
and
withal
,
be
of
force
to
resist
any
batterie
from
the
Flank
which
regardeth
them
.
And
this
is
to
be
done
by
Traverses
if
the
Ditch
be
drie
,
and
by
Galleries
if
it
be
wet
.
And
these
Galleries
are
to
be
reduced
into
members
or
parts
,
that
so
the
more
easily
they
may
be
carried
from
place
to
place
;
and
to
be
rejoyned
when
they
are
to
be
used
;
and
then
to
be
covered
with
fagots
and
earth
,
or
with
mats
made
and
kept
wet
,
that
the
Enemie
may
not
endanger
them
by
Fire-works
.
And
these
Galleries
may
be
larger
or
lesser
,
as
cause
requires
,
carrying
the
heighth
of
nine
feet
,
and
the
bredth
of
six
:
though
true
it
is
,
that
the
larger
they
are
,
the
better
they
are
,
as
admitting
a
freer
passage
for
men
,
be
they
either
Souldiers
or
Pioneers
.
Now
whilst
these
approaches
are
thus
in
action
,
Batteries
are
to
be
raised
and
planted
:
to
perfect
which
,
respect
is
to
be
had
of
their
security
,
their
execution
,
their
form
,
and
the
expedition
.
Batteries
may
be
secured
against
the
shot
from
the
Town
by
Gabions
,
seven
foot
high
and
six
foot
broad
,
filled
with
solid
earth
well
trodden
:
and
against
Sallies
,
by
Trenches
well
furnished
with
Souldiers
to
repel
the
Enemy
.
Batteries
may
prove
defective
in
their
execution
,
both
by
being
over-remote
,
and
by
the
manner
of
mounting
of
the
Guns
.
The
distance
therefore
from
the
part
to
be
beaten
upon
,
is
not
to
be
above
two
hundred
paces
,
nor
nearer
then
one
hundred
:
for
when
they
are
within
the
one
,
or
without
the
other
,
the
ball
loseth
of
its
best
force
.
As
for
the
forms
of
Batteries
,
the
Guns
are
best
mounted
when
they
may
stand
parallel
with
the
Batterie
:
because
when
they
are
under
the
horizon
,
the
ball
affecteth
its
natural
repose
;
when
above
,
it
suffereth
violence
.
As
for
the
form
of
the
body
of
the
Batterie
,
the
most
proper
is
that
of
a
half
Moon
;
preferable
to
all
others
,
in
regard
that
it
discovers
wider
,
flanketh
better
,
and
requireth
fewer
Gabions
then
any
other
form
.
Touching
expedition
in
point
of
a
dispatch
,
the
aptest
course
is
,
for
the
Master
or
General
of
the
Artillery
to
make
use
of
a
sufficient
number
of
Cannoneers
for
the
attending
upon
the
Batterie
:
and
the
Work
it self
is
much
forwarded
by
a
Trench
cast
ten
foot
before
the
front
of
the
Batterie
,
where
the
Souldiers
may
be
lodged
and
shrowded
from
the
Enemie
;
and
withal
it
will
serve
for
the
traverse
of
the
Guns
.
But
all
this
,
though
never
so
throughly
observed
,
proves
defective
in
the
particular
of
making
an
assaultable
breach
,
without
the
use
of
Mines
or
Mining
:
for
though
the
use
of
Mines
at
the
first
coming
up
of
great
Guns
,
was
for
a
time
neglected
;
yet
hath
the
practice
of
them
been
revived
,
by
reason
of
the
perfection
of
modern
Fortification
;
the
which
by
occular
demonstration
hath
evidenced
,
that
Artillery
is
not
otherwise
profitable
for
expugnation
,
then
onely
to
take
away
Defences
.
And
therefore
in
this
ensuing
Chapter
we
shall
advertise
somewhat
of
them
.
CHAP.
XIII
.
Mines
,
how
to
be
made
and
used
.
How
to
lodge
the
Powder
in
Mines
.
IN
the
use
of
a
Mine
there
is
nothing
more
to
be
suspected
,
nor
more
perillous
then
a
Counter-mine
from
the
Enemie
:
to
avoid
which
,
the
way
whereby
it
may
be
done
,
is
to
be
declined
,
either
on
the
one
side
or
other
,
as
occasion
and
the
site
of
the
place
will
suffer
.
A
Mine
therefore
is
not
to
be
carried
in
a
right
line
,
but
courbed
and
crooked
.
And
the
sides
thereof
are
in
many
places
to
be
bored
with
long
and
fit
Piercers
of
iron
,
that
so
the
Enemies
Counter-mining
may
be
heard
;
which
cannot
be
so
closely
nor
secretly
wrought
upon
,
but
by
this
means
may
be
discovered
and
heard
.
In
the
carrying
likewise
of
a
well-contrived
Mine
,
an
especial
care
is
to
be
taken
against
the
sinking
and
falling
down
of
the
earth
from
above
,
whereby
the
Miners
may
be
buried
:
to
prevent
which
,
it
is
to
be
well
fourred
or
underpropped
with
pieces
or
pillars
of
Timber
,
seven
foot
high
if
the
part
will
bear
it
:
and
the
breadth
of
the
Mine
is
to
be
five
foot
,
sided
with
planks
and
roofed
with
boards
.
And
if
the
ground
be
found
over-moist
,
and
stored
with
Springs
of
water
,
it
is
also
to
be
floored
with
boards
,
leaving
a
small
Trench
for
the
water
to
pass
away
,
or
digging
some
small
Wells
to
the
same
intent
.
The
Mine
being
thus
,
and
in
this
manner
conducted
to
the
destinated
part
,
where
it
is
to
do
execution
;
a
bed
or
chamber
is
to
be
framed
for
the
receipt
of
the
powder
:
the
which
being
lodged
in
it
to
a
sufficiencie
,
is
to
be
very
carefully
closed
up
,
that
no
air
may
enter
,
save
only
at
that
small
hole
through
which
the
train
of
Powder
is
to
pass
into
the
chamber
or
bed
of
the
Mine
,
whereby
the
whole
mass
of
Powder
may
be
fired
at
the
time
when
it
is
to
do
execution
.
And
it
is
to
be
observed
,
that
the
nearer
the
passage
or
thorow-fare
of
the
Mine
approacheth
to
the
Chamber
,
the
narrower
it
ought
to
be
:
so
that
though
at
the
mouth
of
the
Mine
it
may
be
seven
foot
high
and
five
foot
broad
;
and
at
the
half
way
,
five
foot
high
and
four
foot
broad
;
yet
at
the
very
chamber
it
ought
not
to
be
larger
then
onely
for
the
entrance
of
the
barrels
of
Powder
to
be
put
in
one
after
another
.
But
above
all
things
,
an
especial
care
is
to
be
had
by
the
Conductor
of
the
Mine
,
that
before
he
begin
his
work
,
he
be
very
attentive
and
diligent
in
taking
the
exact
distance
that
is
to
be
between
the
beginning
of
it
,
and
the
end
;
with
the
precise
consideration
of
all
its
winding
and
traverses
,
that
so
he
may
be
sure
of
the
right
placing
of
the
bed
of
the
Mine
,
under
the
part
upon
which
it
is
to
do
execution
;
lest
otherwise
,
not
onely
the
whole
labour
and
cost
be
lost
,
but
prove
prejudicial
to
his
own
partie
.
To
which
end
also
,
the
declination
or
sloping
of
the
chamber
or
bed
,
is
to
be
made
parallel
to
the
Scarp
of
the
Wall
:
for
if
it
decline
either
more
or
less
then
the
Scarp
,
it
will
there
break
forth
,
because
it
shall
there
finde
the
least
resistance
;
and
so
in
stead
of
an
assaultable
breach
,
make
only
a
small
hole
in
the
Rampart
.
And
thus
far
touching
the
conduction
of
Mines
,
and
the
firing
of
them
.
CHAP.
XIV
.
Of
Breaches
,
and
the
Assault
.
How
the
Ditch
is
to
be
passed
over
.
THe
Mine
being
thus
fitted
and
fired
,
(
before
any
assault
be
offered
or
attempted
)
the
breach
is
to
be
viewed
,
and
judged
whether
it
be
assaultable
or
no
;
and
all
the
Defences
are
to
be
taken
away
,
both
in
Front
and
Flank
.
And
this
is
to
be
done
by
planting
the
Cannons
in
such
a
manner
,
that
they
may
thorowly
discover
them
,
and
hereby
the
Assailants
put
upon
the
breach
with
the
better
security
and
hope
of
success
,
as
well
in
respect
of
themselves
,
as
of
their
Seconds
and
Thirds
,
if
need
be
.
As
for
the
ordering
of
the
Souldiers
which
are
to
assault
;
some
appoint
the
armed
men
to
be
flanked
with
the
shot
;
others
put
the
shot
in
the
Front
and
Rear
of
the
armed
men
.
But
for
mine
own
part
,
I
conceive
the
most
approved
order
to
be
,
that
the
armed
men
be
flanked
with
shot
;
onely
placing
some
three
or
four
ranks
of
shot
in
their
Front
,
the
better
to
give
fire
continually
upon
the
breach
,
until
the
armed
men
have
recovered
the
top
of
it
:
And
during
the
whole
time
of
the
assault
,
all
the
Trenches
to
be
furnished
with
the
very
best
of
the
shot
,
who
are
to
beat
the
Enemie
from
their
Parapet
,
that
they
may
not
give
any
aid
to
the
defendants
in
Flank
:
And
the
whole
Camp
besides
to
be
in
Arms
,
both
Horse
and
Foot
;
as
well
for
the
more
terrour
to
the
Defendants
,
as
for
the
intercepting
of
the
Enemie
upon
all
occasions
and
interruptions
.
And
if
it
fall
out
that
in
the
assault
of
the
Breach
the
Ditch
cannot
be
conveniently
passed
over
by
the
way
of
Galleries
(
formerly
described
)
the
most
proper
course
in
stead
of
them
may
be
,
after
the
Breach
is
thoroughly
made
,
and
the
approaches
under
the
covert
of
the
Trenches
brought
to
the
brink
of
the
Ditch
,
to
fill
up
the
said
Ditch
with
earth
and
fagots
;
towards
which
also
the
ruines
and
rubbish
of
the
Wall
made
by
the
Batterie
will
much
conduce
:
neither
is
there
any
Moat
of
standing
water
,
or
Ditch
so
deep
,
but
by
this
course
may
be
surmounted
.
True
it
is
,
that
sometimes
to
this
purpose
long
and
great
Trees
are
thrown
into
the
Ditch
,
covered
over
,
and
fastned
together
with
planks
,
and
shadowed
on
the
sides
with
Blindes
:
But
this
is
not
held
so
certain
as
the
former
,
though
both
of
them
are
in
use
where
the
Ditch
hath
in
it
a
standing
water
.
But
if
the
water
of
the
Ditch
be
a
current
,
and
any
thing
swift
,
then
the
best
way
is
to
make
a
bridge
upon
a
large
boat
;
the
which
being
apted
and
contrived
to
the
breadth
of
the
Ditch
,
over
against
the
Breach
,
is
to
have
certain
Draw-bridges
belonging
to
it
,
at
each
end
one
,
so
fitted
,
that
they
may
serve
for
Blindes
and
coverts
also
,
to
shadow
such
men
as
are
to
conduct
the
bridge
.
And
being
thus
contrived
and
manned
,
it
is
to
be
suffered
to
float
down
with
the
stream
from
the
place
where
it
was
first
framed
(
which
must
be
in
a
place
freest
from
danger
of
the
Enemie
:
)
and
to
be
moored
and
made
fast
directly
upon
the
breach
,
that
so
the
Draw-bridges
formerly
mentioned
,
being
then
let
fall
,
the
Souldiers
which
are
upon
the
main
bridge
may
not
onely
finde
a
sufficient
and
well-secured
passage
for
themselves
,
but
for
the
rest
of
the
Army
also
,
(
as
many
of
them
as
shall
be
thought
needful
)
to
assault
the
Breach
,
and
to
storm
and
carry
the
Town
.
CHAP.
XV.
Of
all
kindes
and
forms
of
Battels
.
Of
double
Batteries
,
and
the
like
.
How
the
Guns
are
to
be
mounted
in
double
Batteries
.
Of
the
Guns
proper
for
Batteries
,
how
imployed
.
BEfore
we
leave
this
subject
touching
Assaults
upon
Towns
and
Forts
,
and
the
approaches
due
unto
them
;
and
though
somewhat
also
hath
formerly
been
noted
touching
Batteries
;
yet
,
for
the
better
understanding
of
them
every
way
,
it
will
be
necessary
to
add
somewhat
more
at
large
.
Batteries
are
Mounts
of
earth
,
and
their
Forms
are
generally
thus
contrived
:
the
sides
of
the
Works
toward
the
Enemy
are
to
be
made
Cannon-proof
,
that
is
,
of
twenty
five
foot
in
thickness
:
in
the
Rear
and
Flank
of
them
they
are
to
have
a
Wall
of
fifteen
foot
thick
;
onely
the
one
side
of
this
Wall
is
to
be
thicker
then
the
rest
,
as
rising
with
a
Walk
and
a
Parapet
on
the
inside
:
in
their
Front
they
are
to
be
lined
with
two
exteriour
Angles
,
and
their
faces
to
be
raised
with
open
Windows
,
or
Ports
(
as
they
are
generally
called
)
thorow
which
the
great
Guns
are
to
play
:
on
their
insides
they
are
to
have
a
good
groundselling
or
floor
made
of
Turff
,
Fagots
,
or
the
like
;
of
eight
foot
in
heighth
,
and
in
breadth
answerable
to
the
greatness
of
the
whole
Work
.
And
this
floor
is
to
be
covered
with
planks
,
for
the
better
traversing
and
reverse
of
the
Guns
.
But
before
the
raising
or
planting
of
any
of
these
Batteries
,
especial
observation
is
to
be
taken
,
whether
there
be
any
possibility
or
likelyhood
of
succour
to
be
brought
to
the
place
against
which
this
Battery
is
raised
:
for
if
there
be
,
then
care
is
to
be
had
,
that
though
the
Enemy
should
give
on
with
a
main
force
,
yet
the
Ordnance
upon
the
Batterie
may
either
be
retreated
or
defended
.
And
this
may
be
probably
effected
by
firming
the
Battery
on
all
sides
,
and
by
so
blocking
up
all
Avenues
,
and
making
of
convenient
Parapets
,
that
the
Enemie
shall
not
be
able
to
make
any
other
accesses
,
save
by
the
very
Ports
where
the
Pieces
lie
.
And
if
the
Battery
be
of
necessity
to
be
planted
upon
a
Dike
,
and
thereby
may
be
in
peril
of
being
drowned
;
the
heighth
of
the
Dike
is
to
be
considered
,
and
provision
made
accordingly
;
and
a
passage
toward
the
Campagnia
to
be
guarded
and
kept
free
,
that
so
the
Pieces
may
be
carried
off
that
way
,
if
there
be
no
other
remedie
.
And
because
it
is
generally
necessary
,
and
especially
in
some
cases
,
that
the
Pieces
of
Batterie
be
lodged
in
secret
,
and
as
much
obscured
from
the
Enemies
Cannon
in
the
Town
,
as
possibly
may
be
;
one
especial
course
tending
this
way
,
may
be
practised
by
making
a
convenient
descent
in
the
Platform
;
and
that
in
such
a
manner
,
that
the
Pieces
may
make
their
reverses
so
downwards
,
as
being
reversed
may
fully
hide
themselves
from
the
Enemies
view
:
and
then
to
be
drawn
up
again
by
pullies
and
cords
well
fastned
to
the
heads
of
the
Carriages
and
the
Wall
of
the
Batterie
aloft
.
True
it
is
,
that
these
Guns
thus
lodged
are
onely
to
be
imployed
upon
the
very
nick
of
occasion
,
and
not
ordinarily
.
A
second
way
therefore
there
is
,
by
making
a
double
Battery
,
in
this
manner
.
First
of
all
,
a
Battery
is
to
be
raised
with
Shoulders
and
Ports
,
sufficiently
deep
,
equal
,
and
large
,
as
well
before
as
behinde
,
in
such
a
fashion
that
thorow
them
the
Enemies
Cannon
may
be
discovered
in
a
right
line
.
This
done
,
another
Battery
is
to
be
framed
,
with
Ports
and
Shoulders
in
a
due
and
answerable
proportion
,
ten
foot
behind
this
;
from
which
through
the
Ports
of
the
other
,
the
Enemies
Pieces
may
also
be
perfectly
seen
in
a
right
line
.
And
in
these
innermost
Ports
the
great
Guns
are
to
be
mounted
:
the
which
nevertheless
,
by
reason
of
the
foremost
Batterie
,
will
lie
so
closely
shadowed
and
hidden
,
that
the
Enemy
shall
very
hardly
discover
them
,
or
at
the
least
to
any
hurt
or
damage
.
A
third
way
to
this
purpose
,
may
be
by
the
choice
and
laying
out
of
a
natural
piece
of
ground
;
before
which
a
Ditch
being
sunk
to
the
depth
of
eleven
foot
(
which
will
give
a
sufficient
defence
for
the
Guns
and
those
that
manage
them
)
a
sufficient
quantity
of
ground
is
to
be
allowed
for
the
reverse
of
the
Guns
,
with
the
distance
of
twenty
foot
one
from
another
in
their
being
lodged
;
having
an
over-plus
of
ground
behind
them
,
which
by
the
help
of
Pioneers
is
so
to
be
sunk
,
that
men
may
safely
pass
to
and
again
behind
them
undiscovered
;
upon
which
,
planks
being
artificially
laid
,
the
Guns
are
to
be
mounted
.
And
last
of
all
,
Ports
are
to
be
cut
through
the
natural
earth
,
to
a
sufficiency
of
largeness
,
depth
,
and
heighth
,
through
which
the
Ordnance
are
to
play
.
And
this
is
a
Work
so
assured
,
as
not
to
be
annoyed
or
endangered
from
any
part
of
the
Towns
Wall
,
if
the
earth
be
firm
and
solid
.
As
for
the
Guns
proper
for
a
main
Battery
,
as
well
in
respect
of
number
as
kindes
,
they
may
be
thus
repartited
;
eight
Cannons
,
six
Demy-Cannons
,
and
four
Quart
du
Cannons
or
Culverins
.
Touching
the
distance
they
are
to
be
lodged
in
,
from
the
part
to
be
battered
,
we
have
spoken
before
.
As
concerning
the
ordering
of
these
eighteen
Pieces
upon
the
Battery
:
The
Cannons
are
to
be
planted
in
one
Camerade
,
and
to
beat
and
batter
in
Angle
right
against
the
Curtain
:
The
six
Demy-Canons
to
be
divided
into
two
Camerades
,
on
each
side
of
the
Cannons
three
,
and
to
beat
in
Traverse
:
The
four
Culverins
are
to
be
imployed
for
Defences
,
and
to
play
upon
the
Enemies
Pieces
that
shall
be
found
in
flanker
of
the
Curtain
from
the
Bulworks
.
For
though
it
be
true
(
as
aforesaid
)
that
where
Batteries
are
to
be
laid
against
Forts
and
small
Towns
,
where
the
Bulworks
are
near
one
unto
another
,
it
is
better
to
batter
upon
the
Bulworks
then
the
Curtains
;
yet
against
fortified
places
of
large
extent
,
where
the
Bastions
or
Bulworks
are
far
removed
,
it
is
more
advantagious
to
beat
upon
the
Curtains
;
in
regard
that
the
Bulworks
are
better
furnished
then
those
Curtains
can
be
:
and
besides
,
the
Enemy
may
better
entrench
himself
within
the
Bastion
then
within
the
Curtain
;
neither
can
the
Bulworks
in
large
Pieces
of
Fortification
bring
any
extraordinary
damage
at
an
assault
,
by
flanking
of
the
Curtains
;
by
reason
of
their
distance
one
from
another
.
On
the
contrary
,
true
it
is
,
that
in
Batteries
made
against
Castles
or
Forts
,
it
is
safest
to
batter
upon
the
Bulworks
:
for
here
the
Bastions
are
so
neighbouring
,
and
Flank
with
so
main
a
force
upon
the
Curtain
,
that
an
assault
cannot
be
given
without
an
extraordinary
Carnage
,
and
much
loss
of
Men.
And
when
the
Battery
is
thus
upon
the
Bastion
,
the
same
Pieces
are
so
to
play
and
batter
in
Cavalier
,
or
upon
the
point
of
the
Bulwork
,
as
they
did
before
upon
the
Curtain
.
CHAP.
XVI
.
A
besieging
Army
,
how
to
defend
it self
Presidents
hereof
ancient
and
modern
Observations
upon
the
Siege
of
the
Borse
.
HAving
gone
thus
far
in
this
way
,
by
the
way
of
Offence
,
we
shall
now
in
this
Chapter
give
some
Advertisement
how
a
besieging
Army
is
to
defend
it self
when
it
expecteth
to
be
assaulted
by
at
Enemy
,
a
Friend
to
the
place
besieged
,
and
perhaps
Master
of
the
Field
;
which
hath
befallen
both
anciently
and
modernly
.
And
though
it
be
a
case
of
much
danger
,
yet
have
some
expert
and
wise
Commanders
provided
for
themselves
and
their
Armies
,
to
the
preservation
of
both
.
The
Rules
and
practices
conducing
hereunto
,
have
been
these
:
To
entrench
so
sufficiently
against
the
Town
besieged
,
that
no
irruptions
or
Sallies
may
be
made
upon
them
out
of
the
Town
,
to
any
considerable
loss
or
danger
:
That
all
the
Quarters
be
so
well
fortified
in
their
Out-works
,
that
neither
Horse
nor
Foot
from
abroad
may
make
any
assaults
upon
them
,
but
with
infinite
disadvantage
and
hazard
:
That
a
most
especial
care
be
taken
that
the
besieging
Army
be
so
lodged
and
encamped
,
that
by
some
commanded
Passage
it
may
be
certainly
and
sufficiently
supplied
with
Victual
,
either
from
some
of
their
own
neighbouring
parts
,
or
some
other
Country
to
friend
:
And
withal
,
that
the
circumjacent
Country
,
through
which
the
Enemies
Army
is
to
approach
,
be
as
much
as
possibly
may
be
,
harried
and
wasted
beforehand
;
that
so
it
may
either
not
be
able
to
victual
it
at
all
,
or
at
least
very
sparingly
,
and
that
with
much
hazard
and
loss
.
And
of
this
,
because
Presidents
work
much
,
I
shall
set
down
three
:
The
one
ancient
,
taken
out
of
Polybius
(
in
his
ninth
Book
;
)
which
was
acted
at
the
Siege
of
Capua
:
before
which
the
Roman
Consul
Appius
being
set
down
,
Hannibal
seeking
to
remove
him
,
(
and
being
by
far
Master
of
the
Field
)
enclosed
the
Roman
besieging
Army
between
himself
and
the
Town
besieged
;
and
finding
no
possibility
of
forcing
the
Consul
in
his
Trenches
,
he
practised
to
draw
him
out
to
some
Skirmishes
;
but
failing
in
both
,
and
wearied
with
many
urging
inconveniencies
,
he
was
thus
forced
to
march
off
,
and
leave
him
before
the
Town
:
by
reason
(
saith
the
Author
)
that
the
Romans
had
both
sufficiently
victualled
themselves
before-hand
,
and
providently
so
wasted
the
Country
round
about
,
before
the
coming
in
of
the
Carthaginians
,
that
when
they
were
come
they
were
not
able
to
abide
it
,
through
the
want
of
Victual
,
and
especially
Forrage
for
their
Horse
.
The
Marquess
Spinola
preserved
himself
in
the
like
manner
,
at
his
Siege
of
Breda
.
But
beyond
all
others
,
we
have
a
singular
President
to
this
purpose
,
in
the
last
Siege
of
the
Borses
when
that
Town
was
taken
in
by
the
United
States
:
In
their
stupendious
Works
in
the
outward
Entrenchments
,
which
were
no
less
in
Circuit
then
a
good
days
journey
;
every
where
fortified
with
Horn-works
,
Half
Moons
,
Batteries
,
and
the
like
:
In
their
diverting
of
a
River
from
its
natural
course
,
so
that
the
besieged
Town
was
not
only
deprived
of
necessary
water
,
but
all
that
part
of
the
Country
deeply
drowned
,
whereby
the
Enemie
might
have
an
access
to
relieve
it
:
In
that
,
to
prevent
a
Relief
to
the
Town
by
Boats
,
there
was
raised
a
firm
Causey
of
three
miles
in
length
,
through
so
washy
a
place
,
that
it
was
little
less
then
a
Lake
;
the
which
Causey
was
broad
enough
for
two
Carts
to
meet
and
pass
by
one
another
;
with
foot-paths
besides
,
on
each
side
,
and
every
where
strengthened
with
Sconces
,
Batteries
,
and
Horn-works
,
all
of
Earth
:
And
lastly
,
in
that
(
which
made
it
fullest
of
wonder
)
this
world
of
Earth
and
Fagots
was
brought
in
Boats
from
a
part
at
the
least
two
or
three
miles
distant
.
And
yet
all
these
were
the
Works
onely
(
as
one
may
say
)
without
dores
.
As
for
those
within
,
they
were
the
particular
Brest-works
,
and
the
strengthening
of
every
Quarter
:
The
Trenches
that
first
led
to
the
Enemies
Sconces
without
the
Town
;
and
after
they
were
taken
in
,
carried
to
the
Town-ditch
:
The
Galleries
that
were
laid
over
the
Ditch
:
And
the
Mines
which
were
brought
under
the
Wall
.
So
that
although
the
Enemie
marched
towards
us
with
a
very
potent
army
,
and
every
way
very
well
provided
,
yet
durst
he
not
(
indeed
could
not
)
do
any
thing
to
any
purpose
,
save
onely
look
upon
us
as
we
lay
in
our
Works
:
but
was
forced
to
let
fall
that
important
Piece
into
the
hands
of
such
an
Enemy
,
that
well
knows
both
how
to
keep
it
and
make
use
of
it
.
CHAP.
XVII
.
Of
Powder
:
touching
the
choice
and
keeping
of
Magazines
of
Powder
:
how
to
be
safely
lodged
.
Victuals
,
how
to
be
conducted
The
duty
of
the
prime
Conductor
.
Of
the
Victuallers
or
Sucklers
.
ANd
thus
far
we
have
touched
upon
the
most
of
the
material
Pieces
belonging
to
the
first
Requirable
in
the
making
of
a
War
,
and
that
is
,
Munition
.
It
remains
to
take
some
notice
of
Powder
and
Victual
,
and
so
to
end
this
our
first
Book
.
And
first
concerning
Powder
:
Of
which
I
shall
onely
speak
of
the
choice
of
it
,
and
the
lodging
of
it
when
it
is
gotten
.
For
the
choice
of
it
,
or
the
trial
of
it
:
That
Powder
which
being
laid
upon
a
smooth
stone
or
plank
,
or
the
like
,
having
fire
given
unto
it
,
doth
mount
upwards
with
a
clear
fire
and
flame
,
without
much
smoak
,
and
without
leaving
any
soil
or
mark
upon
the
stone
or
plank
,
may
be
received
for
good
Powder
.
On
the
contrary
,
if
upon
the
firing
there
remain
any
moist
white
substance
somewhat
blewish
,
it
is
a
sign
that
the
Brimstone
is
not
sufficiently
purified
,
wherewith
that
Powder
is
mixed
:
if
there
remain
any
grains
of
an
earthly
colour
,
it
is
an
evidence
that
it
was
not
well
grounded
nor
cleansed
:
if
there
be
whitish
grains
,
it
is
a
sign
that
the
Salt-Peter
is
too
salt
,
and
neither
well
grounded
nor
purified
:
if
there
be
seen
any
reddish
or
tawnyish
grains
,
it
is
a
token
that
the
Coals
were
not
well
prepared
:
if
Powder
(
some
small
quantity
)
being
laid
upon
ones
hand
,
and
there
fired
,
offend
not
the
hand
at
all
,
or
very
little
,
but
result
with
a
small
noise
or
puff
,
it
is
a
singular
sign
of
excellent
good
powder
.
As
for
the
ways
of
trial
without
fire
:
if
Powder
being
bitten
by
ones
teeth
,
taste
moderately
salt
,
it
is
a
tolerable
token
of
its
goodness
:
if
it
be
of
colour
not
over-black
nor
obscure
,
but
somewhat
tending
to
a
red
,
it
is
a
very
good
evidence
of
good
Powder
.
As
touching
the
safe
laying
of
it
up
:
It
is
a
most-necessary
providence
for
the
ordering
of
Powder
for
the
use
of
an
Army
in
action
,
that
it
be
disposed
into
two
or
three
several
places
,
and
many
Magazines
,
the
better
to
avoid
the
danger
as
well
of
casual
fires
,
as
treasons
,
and
the
Enemies
surprizes
.
And
for
the
safe
keeping
and
certain
security
of
it
in
Towns
,
and
especially
where
mighty
Magazines
are
to
be
provided
,
it
was
the
practise
of
a
wise
Republique
,
to
lay
up
the
several
materials
and
ingredients
in
several
parcels
;
as
the
Salt-Peter
by
it self
,
the
Brimstone
by
it self
,
and
the
Cole
by
it self
;
the
which
upon
all
occasions
might
suddenly
be
fitted
for
present
use
:
And
in
the
mean
time
,
all
the
hazards
and
mischiefs
that
might
otherwise
ensue
,
be
absolutely
prevented
.
And
thus
much
touching
the
particular
of
Powder
.
As
for
that
of
Victual
,
it
is
obvious
to
every
judgment
,
that
it
must
be
provided
according
to
the
number
of
the
Army
,
and
the
length
of
the
March
,
and
the
nature
and
condition
of
the
Country
that
the
Army
is
to
pass
thorow
.
I
shall
therefore
speak
onely
of
the
course
of
conducting
it
,
and
of
those
kinde
of
people
that
are
to
sell
it
,
termed
Sucklers
.
For
the
order
of
conduction
of
Victuals
to
or
for
an
Army
,
(
especially
when
there
is
peril
of
being
charged
by
an
Enemie
upon
the
way
)
command
is
to
be
given
,
that
all
the
disordered
multitude
of
Carriages
and
Waggons
wherein
the
Victuals
and
the
like
Baggage
is
to
be
carried
,
be
put
in
equipage
either
before
day
,
or
very
early
in
the
morning
of
that
day
wherein
they
are
to
march
.
And
in
the
first
place
,
some
Troops
of
Horse
are
to
be
sent
out
to
discover
upon
all
the
Advennes
of
the
Enemy
:
and
for
the
better
safe-guard
,
the
Artillery
appointed
for
their
guard
may
be
usefully
placed
both
in
the
Van
of
these
Carriages
,
and
in
their
Rear
;
and
that
not
onely
to
beat
upon
the
Enemie
if
he
shall
approach
by
any
of
those
ways
,
but
by
their
thundering
to
give
notice
which
way
the
Enemie
comes
;
that
so
the
Souldiers
may
take
a
general
Alarm
,
and
according
to
former
direction
repair
to
the
part
that
shall
most
require
assistance
.
Both
sides
of
the
ways
also
where
the
Carts
of
Provisions
are
to
pass
,
are
to
be
guarded
with
loose
Wings
of
Horse
,
and
with
them
some
numbers
of
Musqueteers
may
be
advantagiously
intermixed
,
and
the
best
of
the
Horse
may
bring
up
the
Rear
.
And
in
this
manner
may
the
Carriages
march
,
and
be
ready
to
receive
any
Charge
.
Diligence
is
likewise
to
be
used
,
that
such
ways
of
March
(
as
much
as
may
be
)
be
made
choice
of
,
as
are
least
subject
to
ambushments
;
and
that
whensoever
they
are
to
come
to
blows
,
it
may
be
in
places
of
advantage
.
To
which
end
,
either
Altes
are
to
be
made
,
or
a
quick
March
to
be
practised
,
as
cause
requires
.
And
to
this
purpose
also
,
good
use
may
be
made
of
Waggons
in
stead
of
a
Trench
,
drawing
the
Souldiers
within
them
when
a
desperate
Charge
is
attempted
by
the
Enemie
.
As
for
the
prime
Conductor
of
these
Victuallers
and
Victual
,
he
is
to
be
the
first
man
out
of
the
Quarter
,
when
these
Troops
are
to
march
,
and
to
make
a
stand
,
and
to
take
a
view
of
them
all
,
and
to
hasten
them
forwards
.
And
when
they
are
well-near
all
passed
by
,
he
is
to
march
in
the
Rear
of
all
,
though
now
and
then
he
may
advance
before
into
such
parts
as
he
conceives
may
most
require
his
presence
;
but
ought
to
be
the
last
man
that
takes
up
his
Quarter
.
He
is
also
to
observe
that
all
the
Carriages
and
the
Souldiers
of
that
guard
be
quartered
before
the
dark
of
the
night
;
that
so
whilest
there
is
yet
some
day-light
,
he
may
ride
round
about
the
Quarter
to
see
that
all
things
be
sure
.
Care
is
likewise
to
be
had
(
if
possibly
it
may
be
)
that
intelligence
be
gotten
from
the
inhabitant
Peasants
,
as
well
of
the
Ways
,
as
of
the
Enemie
;
and
that
as
well
for
conveniency
as
safety
.
To
which
end
all
Bridges
and
Passages
are
to
be
known
,
possest
,
and
guarded
.
Spies
also
are
continually
to
be
employed
,
to
gain
knowledge
,
and
to
give
notice
of
the
Enemies
designs
.
And
Centinels
in
the
night-time
to
be
placed
upon
all
Avenues
.
And
if
an
extraordinary
strength
be
expected
to
assault
,
it
will
be
necessary
to
raise
some
Redoubts
and
Forts
upon
the
Ways
and
Passages
,
and
upon
all
places
where
an
Enemie
may
oportunely
give
on
.
Touching
the
Victuallers
or
Sucklers
,
and
Merchants
and
Artificers
which
follow
an
Army
;
they
are
not
any
of
them
to
bring
any
of
their
Commodities
or
Merchandise
into
the
Camp
,
without
licence
from
the
General
;
who
is
to
command
to
have
them
well
viewed
,
lest
their
Victuals
should
be
corrupt
,
and
infect
the
Souldiers
with
sickness
;
and
their
Merchandise
sophisticated
,
and
the
Souldier
cheated
and
abused
.
Nor
are
these
men
to
sell
any
of
their
Commodities
but
in
that
part
and
place
where
the
Quarter-master-General
shall
appoint
,
lest
disorders
grow
in
the
Quarters
;
nor
there
neither
,
but
at
such
times
,
and
at
such
a
rate
,
as
shall
be
allowed
by
the
Provost-Marshall-General
,
that
so
there
may
be
no
extortion
upon
the
Souldiers
.
And
if
any
of
these
shall
be
found
Delinquents
in
any
of
these
kindes
,
he
is
to
incur
the
penalty
of
Imprisonment
and
Confiscation
of
his
goods
.
And
if
he
offend
against
any
of
the
Martial
Laws
published
for
the
government
of
the
Army
,
he
is
to
suffer
according
to
the
quality
of
the
offence
.
And
thus
we
have
briefly
run
through
the
three
principals
dependant
upon
the
first
Requirable
in
the
acting
of
a
War
,
comprehended
under
the
Term
Munition
.
And
so
we
end
our
first
Book
.
A
DISCOURSE
OF
The
Requisites
in
making
of
a
War
by
Land
.
BOOK
.
II.
Treating
of
the
second
Requirable
in
the
making
of
a
War
by
Land
,
which
is
Men
,
or
Bodies
;
with
other
Materials
of
War
.
CHAP.
I.
Touching
the
choice
of
Souldiers
.
Of
the
Officers
due
to
a
private
Company
IN
this
Second
Book
we
shall
give
some
advertisements
touching
Men
,
or
Bodies
,
wherewith
the
Body
of
an
Army
is
to
be
made
up
:
It
being
the
second
Requirable
in
the
general
Subject
we
treat
of
,
which
is
War
by
Land
.
And
in
the
first
place
,
we
shall
propound
some
cautions
about
the
election
and
choice
of
these
men
;
wherein
five
particulars
are
most
considerable
.
1.
That
they
be
rather
taken
out
of
barren
Countries
,
and
hard
breeding
,
then
out
of
Cities
where
there
is
full
feeding
and
ease
.
2.
That
they
be
young
,
as
rather
of
eighteen
years
of
Age
,
then
eight
and
forty
:
for
the
one
may
better
be
brought
to
obedience
by
good
Discipline
,
whereas
the
other
are
more
apt
to
obstinacie
,
and
perhaps
,
vice
.
3.
That
they
be
of
a
middle
stature
,
strong
of
body
,
and
manly
looks
.
4.
That
they
be
of
lively
spirits
,
resolute
,
bold
,
and
well
metled
.
And
5.
and
lastly
,
that
they
be
of
an
honest
condition
,
and
not
bred
up
in
effeminate
and
womanish
Trades
,
much
less
in
Debauchments
and
baseness
.
As
for
the
choice
of
men
,
in
respect
of
the
part
where
they
were
born
;
as
whether
Natives
or
Foreiners
:
I
consent
with
those
who
prefer
the
Natives
;
in
regard
they
are
generally
more
loyal
;
in
that
they
are
more
patient
,
more
tractable
and
obedient
,
as
being
every
way
more
interested
;
in
that
they
are
less
chargeable
,
and
sooner
at
hand
:
whereas
Mercenaries
and
Strangers
,
as
well
at
going
as
coming
,
force
longer
attendance
,
greater
expences
,
and
are
subject
to
commit
many
more
outrages
.
As
touching
the
election
of
Souldiers
in
the
point
of
the
kinde
of
Arms
they
are
to
carry
:
Howsoever
the
strongest
and
tallest
men
are
generally
ordered
to
carry
Pikes
,
and
the
lowest
and
nimblest
to
handle
the
Musquet
;
yet
it
is
mine
opinion
,
that
above
all
other
things
,
respect
and
consideration
is
to
be
had
,
to
what
Arms
every
man
doth
best
frame
himself
,
and
to
which
he
stands
best
affected
.
To
which
end
,
it
is
not
amiss
,
that
the
Muster-Master
take
notice
of
it
,
before
he
distributeth
the
Arms
to
the
Individuals
.
And
for
the
Composition
or
number
of
Souldiers
in
every
private
Company
(
by
multiplying
of
which
Companies
,
Regiments
are
made
;
and
of
Regiments
,
Armies
:
)
Howsoever
this
hath
been
found
much
varied
,
yet
in
regard
of
a
competent
advancement
for
the
Captain
,
and
the
performance
of
his
Command
,
the
due
and
aptest
composition
seemeth
to
be
of
two
hundred
men
with
Officers
and
all
;
to
be
divided
(
if
you
will
go
according
to
the
vulgar
Discipline
)
into
two
equal
Bodies
,
of
one
hundred
Pikes
and
one
hundred
shot
:
or
after
the
late
Discipline
with
the
Swedes
(
the
which
in
respect
of
the
use
of
the
fiery
weapons
,
I
most
approve
)
into
twelve
Files
of
Musqueteers
,
and
nine
Files
of
Pikes
;
and
reckoning
six
men
to
every
File
(
for
so
many
and
no
more
they
use
to
order
the
depth
)
a
compleat
Company
may
consist
of
one
hundred
twenty
six
men
,
besides
the
Officers
.
Now
the
Officers
due
to
every
private
Company
(
to
begin
at
the
lowest
,
and
so
upwards
)
are
these
following
.
The
Lancepesado
,
or
Launspreciado
;
who
is
the
leading
man
of
the
one
half
of
a
File
,
and
thence
vulgarly
termed
the
Middle-man
.
And
this
Officer
(
as
the
rest
of
them
)
taketh
his
place
,
either
by
his
antiquity
,
or
the
reputation
of
him
under
whom
he
commandeth
;
as
the
Lancepesado
in
the
Generals
own
Company
,
is
the
primest
;
as
he
the
meanest
,
that
is
of
the
youngest
Captains
Company
of
the
Regiment
.
The
Corporal
is
the
next
above
this
;
who
is
the
leader
of
a
whole
File
,
which
in
number
is
more
or
less
,
according
to
the
use
and
custom
of
several
Disciplines
.
The
next
preceding
the
Corporal
,
is
the
Serjeant
of
the
Company
;
and
this
Officer
hath
no
setled
place
or
leading
with
the
Company
,
but
passeth
to
and
again
,
to
see
that
the
Files
and
Ranks
be
well
observed
in
all
parts
of
his
Company
.
The
Drum
is
the
next
Superiour
to
the
Serjeant
,
who
ought
to
be
a
Souldier
as
well
as
a
Drummer
,
and
(
if
it
may
be
)
a
Linguist
,
or
at
the
least
,
a
piece
of
one
;
that
so
he
may
take
and
give
all
passages
of
Parties
about
which
he
is
to
be
employed
.
And
these
Drums
are
ranked
according
to
the
Officers
and
Captains
they
serve
under
:
as
,
the
Drum-Major
of
the
Army
is
the
principal
;
the
Drum-Major
of
the
Regiments
next
under
him
,
ranked
as
their
Regiments
;
and
then
the
Drummers
of
every
Company
.
The
next
superiour
Officer
,
is
the
Ensigne
,
or
Bearer
of
the
Captains
Colours
;
who
is
to
be
a
Gentleman
,
or
deserving
to
be
so
reputed
.
And
with
us
(
for
the
Spanish
Discipline
admits
of
no
Lieutenant
,
but
their
Alfereze
or
Ensignes
supplie
both
places
)
he
taketh
place
next
after
the
Lieutenant
.
The
Lieutenant
of
a
Company
is
next
above
the
Ensign
;
and
in
his
Captains
absence
acteth
all
the
Captains
duties
,
and
in
his
presence
executeth
his
Commands
.
The
Captain
is
the
prime
Officer
of
a
private
Company
,
and
ought
to
be
as
prime
in
his
sufficiency
and
abilities
.
And
these
are
the
Officers
belonging
to
a
single
Company
.
For
as
for
the
Clerk
of
the
Band
,
and
the
Chirurgion
,
whereof
every
particular
Company
ought
to
have
one
of
each
kinde
;
they
are
not
properly
to
be
accounted
Souldiers
,
nor
Military
Officers
,
as
having
no
Command
;
though
the
one
as
necessary
for
the
Captain
and
Treasurer
in
keeping
accounts
,
and
the
other
for
the
Souldiers
,
in
curing
their
wounds
,
as
any
of
the
rest
.
CHAP.
II.
Of
the
Officers
due
to
a
Regiment
.
Officers
having
a
general
charge
.
Of
Officers
next
inferiour
to
Field-Officers
.
Of
Officers
of
the
Field
,
with
their
Titles
and
Charges
.
AS
for
the
Officers
belonging
to
a
Regiment
,
the
lowest
of
them
is
the
Quarter-master
;
whose
Office
,
besides
the
divisions
of
the
Quarters
,
is
to
take
up
the
lodgings
for
his
Regiment
,
in
the
nature
of
a
Harbenger
:
and
he
holds
rank
according
to
the
dignity
of
the
Regiment
wherein
he
serves
,
and
of
which
he
hath
care
.
The
next
above
the
Quarter-master
,
is
the
Provost-Marshal
,
who
takes
the
charge
of
all
Delinquents
,
as
also
of
all
Prisoners
taken
of
the
Enemie
;
and
is
to
see
the
executions
of
Justice
to
be
duly
performed
.
In
the
rank
above
him
is
the
Serjeant-Major
of
a
Regiment
,
who
is
to
be
elected
out
of
the
most
principal
Captains
;
and
his
Office
is
to
form
and
embattel
the
Regiment
,
as
he
shall
be
directed
by
the
Serjeant-Major-General
:
and
he
is
ranked
above
all
Captains
of
private
Companies
.
The
Officer
next
superiour
to
the
Serjeant-Major
,
is
the
Lieutenant-Colonel
;
who
in
the
absence
of
the
Colonel
,
commands
as
Colonel
;
and
in
his
presence
executeth
his
directions
and
commands
.
The
supremest
Officer
of
a
Regiment
is
the
Colonel
;
and
in
dignity
is
as
transcendent
to
the
Captains
,
as
they
to
the
Souldiers
.
And
these
Colonels
are
ranked
among
themselves
,
after
their
antiquity
,
or
the
eminencie
of
their
Regiment
;
the
eldest
Colonel
(
who
of
due
is
also
to
be
chief
Camp-master
)
holding
the
first
and
primest
place
.
Now
besides
these
Officers
of
a
Regiment
,
there
are
certain
Officers
in
an
Army-Royal
,
which
though
they
have
a
generality
of
charge
,
and
are
superiour
in
that
regard
to
the
Officers
of
a
Regiment
,
yet
are
not
counted
,
nor
attain
to
be
Officers
of
the
Field
:
and
these
are
,
The
Master-Gunner
of
the
Army
,
(
who
is
the
meanest
amongst
them
;
)
and
he
is
an
Officer
under
the
Master
or
General
of
the
Ordnance
.
And
his
authority
extends
over
all
the
other
Gunners
;
every
one
of
which
he
is
to
overlook
in
their
several
places
,
and
to
cause
them
to
perform
their
Duties
.
The
next
above
him
is
the
Trench-Master-General
;
whose
commands
extend
over
all
the
Pioneers
,
and
to
the
laying
out
their
Works
:
whether
they
be
to
be
imployed
for
the
Guard
or
Enclosing
of
the
Camp
,
or
the
raising
of
Sconces
,
the
casting
up
of
Brest-works
,
the
laying
open
of
the
Ways
,
or
any
the
like
employments
.
The
Officer
next
preceding
this
Trench-Master
,
is
the
Master
of
the
Waggons
;
and
he
hath
a
general
command
over
all
the
Waggons
,
Carriages
,
Sledges
,
and
the
like
conveyances
;
and
is
to
order
them
in
their
Marches
,
and
to
see
them
Quartered
,
and
provided
with
necessary
Tools
,
and
the
like
.
The
Officer
superiour
next
to
the
Master
of
the
Waggons
,
is
the
Forrage-Master
;
being
a
principal
Dependant
upon
the
Lord
Marshal
;
and
is
to
take
charge
and
to
dispose
of
all
manner
of
Provisions
for
the
Horse
;
and
to
oversee
all
the
inferiour
Officers
of
that
kinde
:
and
to
take
care
that
equal
distributions
be
made
of
those
kindes
of
Provisions
;
and
to
cause
deserved
executions
to
be
inflicted
and
imposed
upon
the
Delinquents
of
that
nature
.
The
next
to
him
in
place
and
office
,
is
the
Victual-Master
,
or
chief
Victualler
;
to
whose
care
and
charge
is
delivered
all
the
food
and
sustenance
belonging
to
the
Souldiers
:
and
(
by
his
inferiour
Officers
,
termed
the
Provant-Masters
)
he
is
to
cause
distribution
thereof
to
be
made
to
the
Souldiers
,
according
to
the
proportion
and
allowance
appointed
by
the
General
.
The
Judge-Marshal
is
the
next
superiour
Officer
to
the
chief
Victualler
;
who
is
to
be
well
skilled
in
the
Civil
and
Martial
Laws
;
the
which
he
is
to
explain
,
and
to
make
known
unto
the
Souldiers
;
and
to
pronounce
the
censures
decreed
from
time
to
time
in
the
Martial
Courts
.
The
next
Officer
preceding
the
Judge-Martial
,
is
the
Scout-master-General
;
who
hath
the
command
of
all
the
Scouts
;
electeth
them
,
and
appointeth
them
their
Stations
,
and
giveth
them
the
directions
which
he
receiveth
from
the
Lord
Marshal
.
He
is
also
a
principal
Agent
in
ordering
of
the
Camp
,
and
informeth
the
manner
of
the
Horse-Parado
when
the
Watch
is
to
be
set
.
The
Officer
next
above
the
Scout-master
,
is
the
Lieutenant
of
the
Ordnance
;
who
hath
his
chief
dependance
upon
the
Master
of
the
Ordnance
,
and
stands
charged
in
particular
with
all
the
smaller
kindes
of
the
Ordnance
,
and
Munition
belonging
unto
them
;
and
in
the
absence
of
the
Master
,
he
commands
as
Master
.
The
last
,
but
chiefest
of
these
kinde
of
Officers
,
is
the
Muster-master-General
;
whose
duty
and
office
is
to
take
the
number
and
musters
of
all
the
Army
.
He
is
also
to
have
a
care
that
they
be
well
armed
,
and
their
Arms
in
good
order
,
and
in
point
;
that
the
particular
Companies
be
kept
full
.
He
hath
also
under
his
command
and
controll
all
the
inferiour
Muster-masters
or
Commissaries
,
and
is
to
give
out
all
the
Warrants
for
full
pay
;
and
checketh
all
gross
defaults
.
And
this
Officer
,
though
he
be
none
of
the
Officers
of
the
Field
,
yet
is
always
to
be
one
of
the
Council
of
War
.
The
highest
rank
of
Officers
in
a
Royal
Army
,
are
those
stiled
the
Officers
of
the
Field
;
the
lowest
of
which
kinde
is
the
Serjeant-Major-General
,
who
is
ever
to
be
of
the
Council
of
War
:
And
he
hath
the
Supervisorship
of
all
the
Serjeant-Majors
of
the
Army
.
This
Officer
in
the
Swedish
Discipline
,
is
termed
the
Commissary-General
.
The
Colonel-General
is
the
next
superiour
to
him
;
upon
whom
resteth
the
hearing
,
and
composing
,
and
ordering
of
all
differences
of
any
high
nature
.
And
he
also
is
evermore
to
be
one
of
the
Council
of
War
.
The
Lieutenant-General
of
the
Horse
,
is
next
in
order
of
precedencie
;
who
hath
the
same
Command
amongst
the
Horse
,
that
the
Colonel-General
hath
with
the
Foot
;
and
by
his
place
is
always
one
of
the
Council
of
War
.
The
chief
Treasurer
of
the
Army
hath
the
next
precedency
;
and
he
is
under
no
command
save
onely
the
Generals
.
He
is
to
fix
his
respect
thorowout
the
whole
Army
;
and
in
peculiar
,
is
to
have
an
Eye
upon
the
Auditor
,
Muster-master
,
and
Commissary
of
the
Army
,
in
relation
to
their
accounts
.
He
also
is
by
his
place
to
be
one
of
the
Council
of
War
.
The
Master
of
the
Ordnance
is
the
next
above
him
,
and
is
a
principal
Officer
of
the
Field
;
as
having
under
his
command
all
the
Artillery
,
Munition
,
and
the
whole
Train
belonging
unto
them
;
and
constantly
one
of
the
Council
of
War
.
The
Lord
Marshal
hath
the
next
place
of
precedencie
;
and
his
commands
stretch
every
way
both
over
Horse
and
Foot
.
He
hath
also
the
prerogative
to
make
good
whatsoever
shall
be
found
fit
in
point
of
Matial
Law
.
And
I
have
known
him
in
the
absence
of
the
Generalissimo
,
to
have
the
command
in
chief
:
But
this
was
when
there
was
no
Lieutenant-General
.
He
is
always
a
Counseller
of
War
.
The
Lieutenant-General
is
as
it
were
the
younger
brother
to
the
General
himself
:
for
in
his
absence
he
hath
his
soveraign
authority
,
and
the
absolute
command
of
the
whole
Army
;
and
at
all
times
is
as
it
were
the
Superintendent
over
all
of
them
.
The
General
is
he
that
ruleth
all
;
so
that
it
is
to
be
expected
that
he
should
be
every
way
also
as
supereminent
:
And
the
rather
,
in
regard
that
in
an
Army
there
is
to
be
but
onely
one
Generalissimo
.
For
though
it
hath
sometime
been
seen
that
two
men
have
been
put
in
this
Command
with
equal
Commission
,
yet
do
I
not
remember
that
ever
any
Army
so
commanded
returned
with
Victory
.
CHAP.
III.
Of
the
Exercising
of
a
private
Company
.
Of
the
giving
of
Vollies
of
small
shot
.
The
Swedish
way
of
giving
Vollies
of
shot
.
How
to
give
Vollies
of
shot
in
a
narrow
path
.
The
Discipline
of
Marches
.
Of
the
understanding
of
the
Drum
.
HAving
thus
far
made
up
the
body
of
an
Army
with
Bodies
,
and
fitted
them
with
Heads
,
we
shall
now
bring
them
into
action
:
And
in
the
first
place
,
give
some
general
Rules
concerning
the
Drilling
and
Exercising
of
a
private
Company
,
and
so
proceed
to
the
whole
body
of
an
Army
.
To
Exercise
a
Company
exactly
,
it
is
to
be
divided
into
three
Corporalships
;
and
then
subdivided
into
as
many
Files
as
the
number
will
bear
;
and
every
File
into
Fellowships
or
Cameradoes
.
The
Corporal
of
every
Corporalship
is
to
be
the
leader
of
the
chief
File
thereof
;
and
the
Lanceprisado
(
who
in
the
Corporals
absence
,
when
he
is
upon
the
Guard
or
elsewhere
,
executes
the
Corporals
duties
)
is
to
lead
another
File
;
and
the
practick
and
ready
men
of
every
Corporalship
are
to
lead
the
rest
.
The
Company
being
thus
divided
and
ordered
,
these
things
are
mainly
to
be
taught
:
the
carriage
and
use
of
Arms
,
Marches
and
Motions
;
and
the
understanding
of
the
sounds
of
the
Drum
,
and
words
of
Command
and
Direction
;
which
are
rightly
termed
the
Souldiers
Vocabula
Artis
.
The
carriage
of
Arms
is
to
be
appropriated
to
the
most
of
comeliness
and
use
.
The
use
of
the
Pike
,
is
either
in
receiving
or
giving
a
charge
.
By
being
taught
the
first
,
the
Souldier
learns
to
withstand
the
Horse
;
by
the
second
,
to
encounter
with
the
Enemies
Pikes
,
and
to
understand
when
and
how
every
man
,
and
so
every
rank
are
to
give
their
push
or
blow
.
In
the
use
of
the
Musquet
,
the
Souldier
is
first
to
learn
how
to
present
his
Piece
,
how
to
take
his
level
,
and
when
to
give
his
Volley
with
those
of
his
Rank
.
Now
the
ancient
and
vulgar
manner
of
Discipline
for
the
giving
of
Volleys
of
shot
,
was
,
that
all
the
shot
of
one
Corporalship
should
give
fire
at
once
.
But
this
was
absolutely
condemnable
:
for
either
those
in
the
Rear
must
hazard
the
shooting
of
their
leaders
through
their
heads
;
or
else
over-shoot
the
Enemy
,
and
spend
their
Powder
in
vain
.
And
besides
,
the
Volley
thus
delivered
being
once
given
,
the
Enemy
may
come
on
without
impeachment
or
annoyance
.
In
stead
of
this
therefore
,
a
more
useful
practice
hath
been
,
to
order
the
first
Rank
onely
to
give
their
Volley
;
and
if
the
body
of
the
Company
march
,
then
that
Rank
that
hath
given
the
Volley
to
stand
;
and
the
second
Rank
to
pass
thorough
it
,
and
to
give
their
Volley
,
and
then
they
to
stand
;
and
then
the
third
Rank
to
advance
and
give
fire
:
and
so
all
the
rest
of
the
Ranks
in
order
.
But
if
the
Company
,
or
Brigade
,
or
Battaglia
stand
firm
,
then
the
first
Rank
having
given
their
Volleys
,
are
to
fall
back
,
and
the
second
to
come
in
their
rooms
;
and
so
the
third
,
fourth
,
and
the
rest
.
And
by
this
course
(
the
men
being
commanded
men
)
the
Vollies
may
be
continued
,
and
the
Enemy
never
free
from
annoyance
.
And
all
this
is
easily
performed
,
if
at
the
first
all
the
shot
be
caused
to
open
their
Files
to
open
distance
.
But
because
even
this
also
is
defective
,
in
respect
that
there
cannot
be
brought
up
so
many
hands
to
give
fire
at
once
upon
the
Enemie
,
as
were
to
be
wisht
;
that
absolute
Souldier
the
late
King
of
Swedeland
disciplin'd
his
shot
to
give
fire
three
ranks
at
once
:
and
this
was
done
by
causing
the
first
rank
to
give
their
Volleys
upon
their
knees
;
the
second
somewhat
stooping
,
over
their
leaders
heads
;
the
third
rank
standing
upright
,
to
give
their
Volleys
over
all
their
heads
:
and
this
to
be
done
at
one
and
the
same
time
.
And
by
this
means
and
course
was
poured
more
Lead
upon
the
Enemie
at
once
,
then
otherwise
by
far
,
by
any
of
the
other
ways
.
And
this
manner
of
giving
fire
must
needs
also
be
very
useful
and
advantagious
in
all
Wood-Services
,
and
wheresoever
an
Enemie
is
to
be
encountred
in
narrow
Lanes
or
Paths
,
where
men
cannot
be
led
up
but
in
a
single
file
:
for
if
the
three
first
men
thus
giving
fire
,
be
instructed
after
they
have
given
their
Volley
to
place
themselves
close
up
by
the
sides
of
the
path
where
the
Enemie
presents
himself
,
and
so
stand
there
sidelong
towards
the
Enemie
,
and
give
place
for
three
others
of
their
followers
to
advance
and
do
the
like
;
a
continued
Volley
of
Shot
may
be
thus
delivered
,
although
the
whole
file
of
men
should
consist
but
of
fifteen
in
all
.
As
for
the
Discipline
belonging
to
Marches
;
after
every
man
once
knoweth
his
proper
place
,
and
understandeth
how
to
observe
his
file
and
rank
,
there
is
no
difficulty
at
all
in
a
plain
march
.
In
a
Countermarch
also
,
if
the
leaders
of
the
files
be
well
chosen
,
and
that
every
man
observe
his
leading
man
,
there
is
no
great
difficulty
neither
.
As
touching
motions
,
some
are
performed
without
change
of
place
,
by
turning
onely
their
faces
to
the
right
hand
,
or
to
the
left
,
or
about
,
as
the
Enemie
is
found
to
charge
either
in
Flank
or
Rear
:
Some
require
a
change
of
place
,
and
these
motions
are
performed
by
removing
from
one
rank
to
another
;
and
then
some
move
,
and
some
stand
still
.
And
these
kindes
of
motions
are
called
doublings
of
ranks
,
and
doublings
of
files
,
as
the
Enemie
or
Ground
shall
give
cause
,
to
make
the
Front
or
Flank
greater
or
lesser
.
There
is
besides
these
another
kinde
of
motion
to
be
taught
,
in
which
all
do
move
,
and
yet
none
do
march
:
And
this
is
done
by
the
opening
and
closing
of
files
;
and
is
practised
not
onely
when
one
rank
is
to
pass
thorow
another
,
or
the
whole
Brigade
to
make
a
Counter-march
;
but
also
when
there
is
an
intention
to
draw
the
Troop
together
in
haste
,
and
yet
in
order
more
to
the
one
hand
then
the
other
.
And
thus
far
only
shall
be
spoken
in
this
place
touching
Motions
;
intending
to
speak
more
at
large
of
the
use
of
them
hereafter
.
Concerning
the
understanding
of
the
sound
of
the
Drum
;
the
Souldiers
are
to
be
taught
not
only
to
know
and
observe
what
the
Drummer
beats
,
but
what
time
he
keeps
in
beating
;
that
accordingly
they
may
hasten
or
slack
their
marchings
:
As
by
the
voice
they
are
called
upon
to
all
other
motions
,
of
which
likewise
we
shall
say
more
,
as
occasion
shall
require
.
CHAP.
IV.
Of
great
Guns
due
to
an
Army-Royal
:
of
the
kindes
and
choice
of
them
.
Of
the
number
of
Horse
to
draw
great
Guns
.
The
best
way
of
drawing
heavie
Guns
.
WE
have
gone
thus
far
towards
the
proportioning
of
the
body
of
an
Army
,
as
to
bring
the
Men
or
Bodies
together
,
to
fit
them
with
Chiefs
and
Commanders
,
and
to
give
them
some
knowledge
in
the
use
of
their
Arms
:
We
have
likewise
spoken
in
the
beginning
of
our
first
Book
,
of
such
kindes
of
Arms
as
are
fitted
for
the
persons
of
men
,
and
are
portable
in
their
hands
.
It
remains
that
we
give
some
advertisements
touching
those
sorts
of
Arms
or
Weapons
which
are
to
be
carried
with
Armies
,
but
are
not
portable
by
the
men
.
And
these
are
comprehended
under
the
name
of
Artillery
,
or
great
Guns
;
of
which
though
we
have
spoken
somewhat
in
the
former
part
of
our
Treatise
,
yet
it
was
onely
of
such
as
were
to
be
lodged
in
Forts
and
Towns
of
War
,
and
to
be
employed
against
them
;
and
not
of
those
to
be
used
in
the
Field
,
and
to
accompany
and
march
with
an
Army
.
We
shall
therefore
in
this
Chapter
and
the
next
,
take
notice
of
the
great
Guns
requirable
for
an
Army-Royal
;
together
with
their
kindes
,
carriages
,
casting
,
numbers
and
choice
.
And
we
will
propound
this
Army
to
consist
of
forty
thousand
men
;
of
which
,
thirty
four
thousand
to
be
Foot
,
and
sixt
housand
Horse
:
which
is
a
repartition
that
may
hold
proportion
with
all
other
numbers
,
if
reduced
answerably
.
As
for
the
number
therefore
of
great
Guns
requirable
for
such
an
Army
in
its
march
:
It
hath
been
regulated
(
after
much
debate
)
by
some
experimented
Commanders
,
that
for
every
thousand
of
Souldiers
there
should
be
allowed
one
piece
of
Ordnance
;
and
so
for
forty
thousand
men
(
as
here
propounded
)
forty
great
Guns
.
But
for
mine
own
part
,
I
finde
not
how
this
can
be
brought
to
any
certaintie
:
for
who
knows
not
but
that
several
occasions
,
different
ways
,
and
particular
accidents
may
,
and
must
alter
the
proportion
?
so
that
herein
no
other
Law
or
Rule
can
be
precisely
prescribed
,
then
what
opportunity
offers
,
and
necessity
urgeth
.
Nevertheless
,
if
I
should
be
put
to
it
,
to
set
down
a
strict
and
precise
number
of
great
Guns
for
an
Army
of
forty
thousand
men
,
I
would
sooner
propound
thirtie
pieces
then
fortie
.
And
my
reasons
are
:
First
,
in
that
thirty
great
Guns
disponed
and
well
ordered
,
at
the
Angles
of
the
Armies
Front
,
shall
sufficiently
serve
upon
all
approaches
of
an
Enemie
,
either
whilest
the
Army
marcheth
,
or
when
it
is
to
be
ordered
to
a
fight
.
Secondly
,
in
that
these
thirty
pieces
shall
be
sufficient
also
,
(
duly
chosen
)
for
the
besieging
and
battering
of
any
place
,
though
there
should
be
a
constraint
of
raising
two
Batteries
,
having
each
of
them
three
Camerades
in
six
mounts
.
And
lastly
,
in
that
by
thus
lessening
the
number
of
the
great
Guns
,
as
much
as
may
be
,
there
may
withal
be
a
lessening
of
the
number
and
Train
due
unto
them
,
with
the
expence
for
the
furniture
,
and
the
charge
of
the
Draught-horses
,
and
their
Forrage
:
together
with
the
like
rest
of
the
unavoidable
pressures
.
Touching
the
kindes
of
such
great
Guns
as
are
most
proper
to
answer
all
the
occasions
of
an
Army-Royal
:
they
are
(
in
my
opinion
)
to
be
Cannons
of
Battery
,
Demy-canons
,
those
called
(
by
the
French
)
Quart
du
Cannons
,
Culverins
,
and
Field-pieces
:
thus
to
be
repartited
;
Of
the
Cannons
nine
,
of
the
Demy-cannons
eight
,
of
the
Culverins
(
or
Quart
du
Cannons
)
six
,
and
of
the
Field-pieces
seven
.
The
Cannons
to
be
employed
for
battery
onely
at
Assieges
;
and
the
rest
,
as
well
for
the
scowring
of
the
Campagnia
on
all
sides
,
as
to
play
upon
all
the
Avenues
of
the
Enemy
when
they
come
near
.
And
besides
,
being
thus
ordered
into
these
kindes
,
they
cannot
be
so
over-topped
in
the
largeness
of
their
bores
,
but
that
the
Enemies
bullets
sent
upon
them
,
may
from
some
of
these
pieces
be
returned
upon
those
that
sent
them
;
and
hereby
that
scarcity
and
default
of
bullets
supplied
,
which
by
many
occasions
and
accidents
may
befal
the
best
provided
Army
that
is
.
And
an
example
of
the
neglect
hereof
,
and
the
ill
that
succeeded
upon
it
,
we
have
in
the
Wars
between
Charls
the
fifth
and
the
French
King
;
where
the
Emperour
getting
Intelligence
that
the
Artillery
belonging
to
the
French
Army
were
all
of
them
of
the
smaller
kindes
,
gave
order
to
the
Master
of
his
Ordnance
to
furnish
his
own
Army
with
such
Guns
,
whose
calibers
or
bores
were
greater
then
those
of
the
Enemies
;
whereby
it
came
to
pass
,
that
in
a
long
play
of
the
Ordnance
of
both
sides
one
upon
another
,
the
French
fell
into
a
want
of
bullets
,
whereas
the
Imperialists
had
abundance
;
these
being
able
to
retort
and
make
use
of
the
Enemies
bullets
,
but
not
those
of
theirs
:
whereby
the
Imperialists
at
that
time
obtained
a
remarkable
Victory
.
As
for
the
number
of
Horse
requirable
for
the
draught
of
these
several
kindes
of
great
Guns
formerly
mentioned
:
For
every
Cannon
there
are
to
be
allowed
three
and
twenty
Horse
in
fair
and
level
ways
;
and
in
foul
and
uneven
,
thirty
.
And
this
is
also
when
the
Cannon
is
to
be
drawn
in
a
Waggon
or
Cart
:
for
if
it
be
to
be
carried
in
its
proper
Carriage
,
there
are
never
less
to
be
allowed
then
thirty
Horse
in
the
evenest
and
fairest
ways
.
For
a
Demy-cannon
are
to
be
provided
fifteen
Horse
at
the
fewest
;
and
seventeen
in
foul
and
hilly
ways
.
For
the
Culverin
and
the
Field-piece
,
nine
Horse
in
fair
ways
,
and
ten
in
foul
.
But
withal
,
give
me
leave
to
give
this
caution
,
that
for
the
Cannon
,
Demy-cannon
,
and
those
heavy
Guns
,
it
is
far
more
commodious
and
safe
always
to
employ
the
long
kinde
of
Waggons
with
lofty
Wheels
,
then
to
have
those
Pieces
drawn
mounted
in
their
proper
Carriages
.
And
the
reasons
are
:
That
there
shall
not
need
to
be
so
many
horses
for
the
draught
of
a
great
Gun
in
a
Waggon
,
as
when
it
is
in
its
Carriage
:
That
the
Waggon
,
by
reason
of
the
heighth
of
its
Wheels
,
and
its
lightness
,
is
fitter
and
better
able
to
pass
thorow
all
foul
,
sandy
,
moorish
and
moist
ways
,
then
the
Carriage
can
possibly
be
:
That
these
kind
of
long
Waggons
are
not
onely
commodious
for
the
portage
of
the
great
Guns
,
but
(
if
need
require
)
for
the
conveyance
also
of
many
pieces
of
Timber
for
the
building
of
bridges
,
and
the
carriage
of
them
,
or
any
other
the
like
occasions
.
And
besides
,
if
an
Enemy
should
attempt
an
assault
,
or
to
give
on
upon
any
encampment
;
these
Waggons
may
most
aptly
and
advantagiously
be
used
for
the
Barricadoing
of
all
Avenues
,
and
surrounding
of
all
the
Quarters
of
the
Camp
;
and
that
on
a
sudden
,
in
the
nature
of
a
slight
Trench
:
so
that
the
Enemie
,
and
especially
the
Enemies
Horse
,
shall
not
be
able
to
charge
home
,
but
with
great
disadvantage
and
loss
.
And
if
against
this
portage
of
these
Guns
in
Waggons
,
it
shall
be
objected
,
that
they
cannot
be
so
readily
employed
upon
sudden
Alarms
and
Onsets
of
the
Enemie
,
as
when
they
are
drawn
in
their
own
proper
Carriages
;
it
may
be
replied
,
that
all
such
sudden
alarms
may
as
well
be
answered
by
the
lesser
sorts
of
Guns
,
which
at
all
times
may
march
in
their
own
Carriages
,
as
by
the
Cannons
and
higher
pieces
:
for
these
perform
the
work
as
well
afar
off
as
the
Cannon
doth
.
And
besides
,
whensoever
the
march
of
an
Army
is
duly
marshalled
,
and
the
Avant-couriers
providently
ordered
,
an
Army
cannot
be
so
assaulted
on
a
sudden
,
but
that
intelligence
may
be
gotten
,
and
a
sufficiencie
of
time
found
to
mount
and
order
these
great
Pieces
upon
their
proper
Carriages
,
out
of
the
Waggons
,
by
Gins
and
the
like
Engines
,
which
are
constantly
to
accompany
them
;
and
so
be
brought
timely
enough
to
the
angles
of
the
great
divisions
,
and
with
all
freedom
perform
all
executions
upon
the
assailing
Enemy
.
And
whilest
this
is
in
agitation
,
the
lighter
and
lesser
pieces
carried
mounted
upon
their
proper
Carriages
,
may
play
at
random
,
and
so
retard
,
amuse
,
and
annoy
the
assailing
Enemie
,
and
gain
time
.
And
thus
much
concerning
the
kindes
,
number
,
and
portage
of
great
Guns
fitted
and
appropriated
for
a
Royal
Army
consisting
of
fortie
thousand
men
.
We
shall
in
the
ensuing
Chapter
prescribe
some
rules
how
to
cast
great
Guns
,
and
to
finde
where
they
are
faulty
,
that
they
may
be
refused
:
how
to
avoid
the
accidental
causes
of
their
shooting
awry
;
how
to
know
when
they
are
sufficiently
fortified
;
how
they
are
to
be
cooled
and
cleared
;
what
quantity
of
powder
belongs
to
the
due
lading
of
every
Piece
;
and
what
the
weight
of
their
shot
is
:
with
some
other
particulars
of
that
nature
.
CHAP.
V.
Great
Guns
,
how
to
be
cast
,
and
chosen
.
Of
Guns
unequally
poised
,
and
cast
with
Honey-combs
.
The
accidental
causes
of
shooting
awry
of
great
Guns
.
How
to
shoot
at
a
moving
Mark.
How
to
fortifie
great
Guns
:
how
they
may
be
discharged
without
cooling
.
Of
Guns
lying
long
charged
.
The
due
charge
of
Powder
and
shot
for
great
Guns
.
The
Dispart
of
great
Guns
,
how
to
be
taken
.
Touching
the
laying
of
Platforms
.
Of
the
necessaries
dependant
upon
great
Guns
.
SUch
great
Guns
therefore
as
are
cast
Taper-bored
,
that
is
,
not
carrying
an
equal
bore
,
or
having
the
metal
thicker
on
the
one
side
then
on
the
other
,
are
to
be
refused
:
for
with
such
,
no
Gunner
can
make
a
straight
or
certain
shot
;
neither
can
such
pieces
be
any
ways
rectified
but
by
a
new
casting
.
And
if
a
necessity
force
the
use
of
any
such
,
care
is
to
be
taken
that
the
choice
of
the
shot
be
made
under
the
size
of
the
bore
,
lest
it
stick
upon
the
crooked
side
or
part
,
and
endanger
the
breaking
of
the
Piece
.
And
in
making
of
the
shot
,
or
ranging
of
the
level
,
consideration
is
to
be
had
to
the
side
of
the
Piece
that
the
crookedness
enclineth
unto
.
In
such
Pieces
likewise
whose
bores
,
though
they
be
straight
,
are
yet
more
inclinable
to
one
side
of
the
metal
then
the
other
,
great
heed
is
to
be
taken
that
they
be
not
laden
to
the
full
of
their
powder
;
for
so
they
will
undoubtedly
break
:
nor
is
it
possible
to
make
a
right
shot
in
any
such
Gun
,
by
reason
that
the
aim
or
level
cannot
be
taken
from
the
midst
of
the
bore
,
unless
a
due
allowance
be
given
to
that
part
and
side
towards
which
the
bore
and
concavity
is
most
placed
,
and
so
to
be
ordered
and
aimed
thereafter
.
And
in
respect
that
many
pieces
of
Ordnance
,
and
especially
such
as
have
been
much
used
,
become
sometimes
more
enlarged
at
the
muzzle
or
mouth
then
in
any
other
part
of
the
bore
;
it
is
therefore
a
necessary
providence
,
that
for
a
sudden
service
,
the
shot
to
be
used
in
these
Guns
,
or
such-like
Guns
,
be
not
chosen
to
the
full
heighth
of
the
bore
at
the
mouth
of
the
Piece
,
but
rather
a
size
under
;
lest
in
a
hasty
lading
,
the
shot
stick
by
the
way
,
before
it
fall
up
close
with
the
powder
:
in
which
case
it
cannot
be
stirred
but
with
art
and
time
,
nor
the
Gun
to
be
used
without
extream
danger
in
the
mean
time
.
Such
great
Guns
also
as
are
unequally
and
improperly
poised
,
are
to
be
held
faulty
;
and
such
whose
Trunnions
are
not
duly
placed
:
for
hereby
they
either
become
too
weighty
at
their
breeches
,
and
so
upon
every
discharge
start
up
with
their
muzzles
;
or
else
over-heavy
before
,
and
then
under-sink
as
much
that
way
:
so
that
no
Gunner
whatsoever
,
be
he
never
so
true
an
Arts-man
,
can
make
a
sure
shot
with
any
such
.
For
it
must
necessarily
follow
,
that
the
shot
will
hereby
be
carried
either
over-high
or
over-low
towards
the
mark
that
is
aimed
at
.
Those
great
Guns
likewise
that
are
cast
with
pores
,
cracks
,
or
small
holes
,
(
which
are
termed
Honey-combs
)
within
their
concavities
,
are
by
all
means
to
be
avoided
:
for
unless
upon
every
discharge
they
be
thorowly
washed
and
sponged
with
water
or
vineger
,
whensoever
occasion
requireth
a
sudden
recharging
of
them
,
the
Gunners
that
lade
them
become
in
eminent
peril
,
by
reason
that
some
sparks
of
fire
may
and
are
likely
to
lie
hid
within
these
holes
,
and
thereby
the
Ladle
full
of
Powder
fired
,
as
the
Gunner
is
conveying
it
home
into
the
chamber
of
the
Piece
.
Now
the
ways
to
finde
out
and
discover
these
Honey-combs
,
may
be
(
if
the
weather
be
fair
,
and
the
Sun
shine
bright
)
by
traversing
the
mouth
of
the
Piece
directly
against
the
beams
of
the
Sun
,
and
then
holding
a
Looking-Glass
in
such
a
manner
between
the
Sun
and
the
mouth
of
the
Gun
,
that
it
may
carry
the
reverberation
of
the
Suns
beams
into
the
hollow
of
the
Piece
,
that
by
the
light
thereof
these
pores
and
holes
may
thus
be
visibly
discerned
.
A
second
way
there
is
to
this
purpose
,
by
taking
a
Wax-candle
,
and
fastning
it
to
the
end
of
a
strait
staff
,
and
lighting
the
candle
,
so
to
put
it
into
the
bore
or
cylinder
of
the
Gun
.
And
by
any
of
these
means
,
these
Honey-combs
may
be
thorowly
discovered
,
wheresoever
they
are
,
by
the
eye
.
As
for
the
accidental
causes
of
shooting
awry
out
of
great
Guns
,
they
are
many
;
of
which
the
Gunner
is
to
take
notice
:
As
,
when
the
Trunnions
of
a
Piece
are
not
placed
directly
one
against
another
:
when
the
plat-form
lieth
unequal
,
with
the
one
side
more
elevated
then
the
other
:
when
one
of
the
wheels
of
the
Carriage
is
any
thing
higher
then
the
other
;
for
then
the
shot
will
incline
to
the
lower
wheel
:
when
one
wheel
is
more
streight
upon
the
axle-tree
,
or
more
greased
then
the
other
:
when
one
wheel
stands
upon
softer
ground
then
the
other
:
when
the
opening
of
the
Carriage
is
more
on
the
one
side
then
on
the
other
:
when
the
Carriage
is
over-large
,
so
that
the
piece
lieth
not
firm
.
Consideration
is
also
to
be
had
of
the
Wind
,
and
an
allowance
to
be
made
of
the
weathering
of
the
mark
.
Care
is
likewise
to
be
taken
,
lest
some
stone
or
the
like
impediment
lie
in
the
way
of
the
wheels
reverse
.
In
all
which
particulars
,
a
considerate
Gunner
is
to
be
very
observant
:
for
any
one
of
them
being
neglected
,
will
assuredly
deceive
in
the
point
of
shooting
right
.
And
by
this
also
it
is
apparent
,
and
must
be
confessed
;
that
touching
the
certainty
in
shooting
right
and
direct
out
of
great
Ordnance
,
though
it
be
much
to
be
affected
,
it
is
nevertheless
very
hazardously
attained
.
It
is
likewise
to
be
observed
,
that
in
making
of
any
shot
out
of
any
great
Piece
,
and
especially
when
it
is
intended
upon
Squadrons
,
or
main
Bodies
,
either
of
Horse
or
Foot
,
standing
fixt
,
it
is
more
behoofful
to
under-shoot
the
mark
,
then
overshoot
it
:
for
so
,
if
the
place
afford
any
stones
or
the
like
rubbish
,
the
fall
and
beating
of
the
bullet
upon
these
,
will
effect
far
more
to
the
Enemies
damage
,
then
the
shot
it self
can
,
though
it
hit
the
very
mark
that
is
aimed
at
;
whereas
the
over-shot
executes
not
at
all
any
way
.
And
in
the
making
of
a
shot
at
a
moving
mark
,
be
it
at
a
Boat
,
or
Ship
under
sail
,
or
a
body
of
Men
or
Horse
in
a
swift
march
,
consideration
is
to
be
taken
whether
the
motion
be
towards
you
,
direct
upon
you
,
or
in
passing
by
you
;
and
the
Gunner
is
to
lay
his
Piece
accordingly
,
and
to
give
fire
,
that
the
shot
may
fall
just
in
the
way
.
An
especial
care
is
also
to
be
taken
in
the
casting
of
great
Guns
(
by
such
as
are
either
to
over-look
them
,
or
to
make
choice
of
them
)
touching
the
point
of
their
being
sufficiently
fortified
.
Of
which
I
will
give
instance
in
the
Cannon
extraordinary
,
and
the
Cannon
ordinary
;
and
in
the
extraordinary
Culverin
,
and
the
ordinary
Culverin
.
The
extraordinary
Cannon
in
the
circumference
at
the
chamber
,
is
to
be
of
8
calibers
,
at
the
Trunnions
6
,
and
at
the
neck
5â…”
.
The
ordinary
Cannon
is
to
be
in
the
circumference
of
the
chamber
7â…˜
,
at
the
Trunnions
6â…—
,
at
the
neck
5
8/9.
The
Culverin
extraordinarily
fortified
,
is
to
have
in
circumference
_____
at
the
chamber
,
_____
at
the
Trunnions
,
_____
at
the
neck
.
The
ordinary
Culverin
,
at
the
chamber
_____
calibers
,
at
the
Trunnions
_____
and
at
the
neck
_____
.
As
for
the
lesser
pieces
,
they
may
all
of
them
be
regulated
by
these
proportions
,
according
to
their
several
kindes
and
quantities
.
Onely
it
is
to
be
observed
,
that
the
lesser
the
Pieces
be
,
they
are
always
to
be
so
much
the
longer
,
and
the
better
fortified
in
their
metals
;
and
this
as
well
to
provide
against
an
over-violent
reverse
,
as
to
preserve
them
from
lying
over-short
in
their
Ports
;
and
also
that
by
their
extraordinary
fortifying
,
they
may
the
better
endure
often
discharges
.
As
for
their
Ports
,
we
shall
onely
add
here
,
that
they
are
to
be
in
their
sizes
according
to
the
greatness
and
size
of
the
Guns
that
are
to
be
placed
in
them
.
And
thus
for
a
Cannon
,
the
innermost
part
of
the
Port
is
to
be
three
foot
in
the
largeness
;
the
outermost
,
twelve
.
For
a
Demy-cannon
,
the
innermost
part
to
be
2
½
of
feet
,
and
the
outermost
nine
;
and
so
of
the
rest
proportionably
.
And
to
give
a
competencie
of
place
upon
the
Platform
where
these
Guns
are
to
lie
,
and
be
conveniently
managed
,
charged
,
and
refreshed
,
there
ought
not
to
be
less
distance
then
twenty
foot
between
Port
and
Port
;
so
that
the
wheel
of
the
Carriage
of
one
Piece
,
of
one
Gun
,
may
be
fifteen
foot
in
distance
from
the
wheel
of
the
other
.
And
these
Ports
are
on
their
insides
to
be
raised
from
the
floor
of
the
Platform
as
much
in
heighth
,
as
they
are
in
largeness
;
and
on
their
insides
to
be
as
much
slented
down
,
that
so
the
Pieces
may
be
traversed
to
play
downwards
upon
all
the
Avenues
of
the
Enemy
.
As
touching
the
number
of
discharges
that
great
Guns
may
endure
,
suddenly
one
after
another
:
It
is
held
that
in
such
of
them
as
are
extraordinarily
fortified
,
and
re-inforced
,
(
as
aforesaid
)
ten
shot
may
be
allowed
for
a
convenient
number
to
be
made
out
of
one
Piece
,
in
one
hours
space
;
and
eight
out
of
those
that
are
less
fortified
.
But
with
this
caveat
,
that
after
forty
shot
given
even
in
this
manner
,
the
Guns
are
to
be
refreshed
;
for
there
is
nothing
that
more
causeth
the
decay
of
great
Ordnance
,
then
the
often
heating
of
them
:
in
which
regard
,
it
is
very
good
providence
that
they
be
refreshed
often
,
and
especially
in
hot
weather
,
or
a
hot
Country
.
Now
the
ways
to
refresh
them
,
are
by
the
use
of
fair
water
mixed
with
vineger
;
and
upon
urging
occasion
,
to
wet
Sheep-skins
or
the
like
herein
,
and
so
to
lay
them
on
the
outside
of
the
metal
of
the
Gun
,
and
there
to
let
them
lie
until
the
heat
of
the
Piece
be
sensibly
found
to
be
allayed
.
The
use
of
Lie
also
is
very
commendable
in
this
case
.
Gunners
are
likewise
to
take
notice
,
that
such
great
Guns
as
have
layen
long
charged
with
their
shot
in
them
,
are
not
to
be
given
fire
unto
on
the
sudden
as
they
lie
,
because
the
shot
may
in
all
likelyhood
be
rusted
within
them
,
and
so
in
the
discharge
may
hazard
the
breaking
of
the
Piece
.
They
are
therefore
first
of
all
to
draw
out
the
wad
lying
before
the
shot
,
and
then
to
loosen
the
shot
with
the
Ladle
,
and
if
it
may
be
,
to
get
it
out
.
But
if
the
shot
be
so
rusted
as
not
to
be
stirred
by
the
Ladle
,
the
course
then
is
to
abase
the
muzzle
of
the
Piece
,
and
to
pour
into
the
touch-hole
so
much
water
as
may
drain
away
the
force
and
best
part
of
the
strength
of
the
Powder
,
and
then
to
put
into
the
concavity
of
the
Piece
by
the
touch-hole
,
so
much
fresh
powder
as
may
onely
serve
to
blow
out
the
shot
:
the
which
may
thus
be
done
,
with
all
security
.
Having
thus
delivered
some
cautions
touching
all
these
particulars
,
we
will
conclude
this
Chapter
with
giving
some
advertisements
touching
the
due
quantity
of
the
powder
,
and
the
weight
of
the
shot
belonging
to
all
these
kindes
of
great
Guns
formerly
mentioned
:
together
with
their
several
lengths
,
and
the
lengths
of
their
Carriages
;
as
also
of
their
several
ranges
at
point-blank
,
and
at
their
highest
elevation
:
mentioning
withal
,
some
necessary
observations
touching
their
Disparts
and
their
Platforms
,
and
the
proportionable
necessaries
due
unto
them
all
.
And
we
will
begin
with
the
whole
Culverin
,
which
shoots
a
bullet
of
twenty
pounds
in
weight
;
and
the
Powder
as
well
gross
as
refined
,
after
the
said
proportion
of
four
or
three
fifths
:
the
length
of
the
Piece
being
of
thirty
two
Calibers
,
which
make
sixteen
Geometrical
feet
;
the
level
range
six
hundred
steps
;
the
farthest
range
seven
thousand
one
hundred
and
forty
steps
.
The
Demy-Culverin
carries
a
bullet
of
ten
pounds
in
weight
,
with
â…˜
weight
of
fine
powder
,
that
is
,
eight
pounds
:
the
length
thereof
thirty
three
calibers
,
which
make
thirteen
feet
;
the
level
range
four
hundred
and
fifty
steps
;
the
highest
range
five
thousand
three
hundred
seventy
three
steps
.
The
Saker
shoots
a
shot
of
five
pounds
in
weight
,
and
as
much
of
fine
powder
:
it
carries
a
length
of
thirty
five
calibers
;
the
range
point-blank
three
hundred
and
fifty
steps
;
by
elevation
,
four
thousand
one
hundred
thirty
nine
steps
.
The
Falcon
carries
a
shot
of
two
pounds
and
an
half
,
with
the
like
weight
of
powder
corned
:
the
length
thirty
six
calibers
;
the
level
range
,
two
hundred
seventy
nine
paces
or
steps
;
by
elevation
,
three
thousand
three
hundred
eighteen
.
The
double
Cannon
shoots
a
ball
of
ninety
six
pounds
in
weight
,
of
corned
powder
fortie
pounds
.
It
is
to
be
in
length
seventeen
calibers
;
the
level
range
,
six
hundred
paces
;
at
the
highest
elevation
,
seven
thousand
one
hundred
and
forty
paces
.
The
single
Cannon
carries
a
shot
of
forty
pounds
,
the
powder
twenty
pounds
;
the
length
,
eighteen
calibers
;
the
level
range
,
five
hundred
steps
;
at
elevation
,
five
thousand
nine
hundred
sixty
eight
steps
.
The
Demy-Cannon
shoots
a
shot
of
twenty
four
pounds
,
with
twelve
pounds
of
powder
;
the
length
,
twenty
calibers
;
the
level
range
,
four
hundred
twenty
five
paces
;
at
elevation
,
five
thousand
seventy
steps
.
The
double
Culverin
,
being
of
Brass
,
its
charge
of
powder
amounteth
to
fortie
pounds
,
when
serpentine
;
of
corned
powder
thirtie
five
pounds
;
the
weight
of
the
shot
,
fortie
pounds
:
the
length
of
the
Piece
,
one
and
thirty
calibers
;
the
level
range
,
one
thousand
three
hundred
sixty
four
steps
;
at
elevation
,
eight
thousand
one
hundred
sixty
seven
steps
.
And
these
kindes
of
Brass
double
Culverins
,
I
believe
carry
the
farthest
of
any
others
:
for
the
farthest
range
of
the
most
renowned
Pieces
that
ever
I
heard
or
read
of
,
hath
not
been
observed
to
have
been
much
above
three
English
miles
;
and
therefore
these
steps
formerly
mentioned
,
must
be
understood
of
single
strides
onely
,
and
not
paces
,
which
are
as
much
again
.
Touching
the
dispart
of
great
Guns
;
he
cannot
be
any
true
pretender
to
Gunnership
that
knows
it
not
;
it
being
the
disparity
betwixt
the
circumference
of
the
Piece
at
the
breech
or
chamber
,
and
that
of
the
muzzle
.
Hence
is
it
that
in
the
laying
of
the
Piece
upon
the
level
range
,
a
consideration
is
to
be
had
,
that
the
muzzle
of
the
Piece
be
so
much
abased
,
as
may
answer
to
the
over-thickness
it
hath
at
the
breech
,
beyond
that
of
the
mouth
;
that
so
the
concavity
or
cylinder
of
the
Piece
may
be
brought
to
shoot
in
a
level
line
right
forwards
.
Now
this
dispart
may
be
taken
divers
ways
;
of
which
one
of
the
most
readie
is
,
by
putting
a
small
twig
or
piece
of
wyer
into
the
touch-hole
of
the
Piece
before
it
be
laden
,
and
so
to
take
the
precise
depth
from
the
superficies
of
the
metal
to
the
bottom
of
the
Bore
or
concavity
of
the
Piece
;
and
then
setting
that
measure
at
the
mouth
of
the
Piece
upon
the
lower
side
of
the
cylinder
,
so
much
of
the
measure
as
appears
above
the
metal
of
the
muzzle
,
is
to
be
received
for
the
dispart
of
the
Piece
;
and
so
the
Gun
being
to
shoot
right
forwards
in
a
strait
line
,
to
be
so
much
abased
as
may
bring
the
very
top
of
the
measure
with
a
direct
level
upon
the
mark
that
is
aimed
at
.
But
because
even
this
way
of
taking
disparts
(
and
indeed
much
more
all
other
ways
)
will
take
up
more
time
then
can
be
allowed
in
a
sudden
and
hot
service
;
it
is
the
part
of
a
true
Gunner
to
carry
the
several
disparts
of
all
kindes
of
Guns
so
well
fixed
in
his
mind
and
consideration
,
that
without
any
more
adoe
,
he
may
be
able
to
allow
every
kind
of
Piece
the
due
dispart
;
that
is
to
say
,
a
sufficient
underlay
at
the
muzzle
,
to
answer
the
thickness
of
the
chamber
.
And
this
to
be
done
only
by
discretion
and
judgment
.
As
for
the
laying
of
the
Platforms
whereon
great
Guns
are
to
be
mounted
upon
their
Carriages
,
in
respect
they
are
very
essential
to
the
point
of
their
quick
use
and
employment
,
as
well
as
to
their
shooting
right
;
some
Gunners
have
advised
that
the
hinder
part
of
a
Platform
should
be
raised
far
higher
then
the
forepart
,
to
facilitate
the
traverse
of
the
Gun
into
the
Port
after
its
discharge
and
reverse
.
But
for
my
part
,
I
shall
not
wish
it
to
be
elevated
above
one
foot
at
the
farthest
;
for
hereby
the
balls
will
be
caused
to
fall
short
,
by
reason
that
the
mouth
of
the
Guns
must
needs
be
swayed
downwards
in
their
reverses
,
and
the
Piece
it self
so
thrown
upon
the
Port
with
its
own
weight
,
that
for
the
recharge
,
much
both
of
time
and
labour
will
be
required
to
reduce
it
.
And
besides
,
if
the
Enemy
have
any
great
Guns
in
a
counter-beating
upon
the
Ports
at
the
same
time
,
they
must
needs
execute
dangerously
upon
all
such
as
are
to
attend
and
manage
these
Pieces
,
and
are
to
stay
any
length
of
time
at
or
about
the
Ports
.
And
therefore
(
as
I
said
before
)
a
moderate
elevation
of
the
hinder
part
of
a
Platform
may
be
commendable
,
but
by
no
means
to
be
over-high
nor
lofty
.
Touching
the
proportions
of
necessaries
requirable
for
great
Guns
(
with
which
we
will
end
this
Chapter
)
they
are
as
followeth
.
To
every
Piece
of
Ordnance
,
of
what
kind
soever
,
belong
the
Charger
or
Ladle
,
the
Sponge
,
the
Coins
,
the
Bed
;
and
these
besides
the
body
of
the
Carriage
.
As
concerning
the
Carriage
it self
,
an
especial
heed
is
to
be
had
that
the
Axle-tree
be
sound
and
strong
;
that
the
wheels
be
perfect
and
fit
,
with
a
convenient
quantity
of
Grease
or
Tallow
due
unto
them
,
to
facilitate
their
reverses
.
And
for
the
use
of
the
Guns
,
in
point
of
shot
and
powder
,
the
proportion
of
one
hundred
great
shot
for
every
Piece
may
be
held
convenient
,
with
an
answerable
quantity
of
powder
;
the
which
is
to
be
proportioned
after
the
sizes
of
the
Pieces
,
as
was
formerly
noted
.
And
thus
we
have
run
thorow
all
the
particulars
belonging
unto
the
Train
of
the
Artillery
requirable
for
an
Army
consisting
of
forty
thousand
men
.
It
remains
only
,
that
we
advertise
somewhat
touching
the
Officers
and
other
attendants
due
unto
this
Train
.
CHAP.
VI.
The
Officers
belonging
to
the
Artillery
:
their
peculiar
duties
.
Some
advertisements
for
Gunners
.
THe
peculiar
Officers
of
a
Royal
Train
of
Artillery
,
are
these
;
the
General
or
the
Master
,
his
two
Lieutenants
,
the
Treasurer
,
the
Pay-master
,
the
Master
of
the
Munition
,
and
a
Muster-Master
.
And
these
being
the
prime
Officers
,
are
to
be
nominated
either
by
the
Prince
himself
,
or
the
General
of
the
Army
.
The
inferiour
Officers
to
these
,
are
the
Gentlemen
of
the
Artillery
,
the
which
in
an
Army
of
fortie
thousand
men
,
with
the
Train
of
Artillery
answerable
to
it
,
ought
not
to
be
fewer
then
fifteen
:
and
this
proportion
may
be
held
according
to
the
number
of
any
Army
.
The
Conductors
are
to
be
twelve
,
the
Constables
four
,
the
Gunners
fourscore
,
the
Porters
two
,
the
Farriers
two
,
the
Smiths
two
,
the
Carpenters
in
ordinary
four
;
to
which
,
as
aids
,
are
to
be
added
the
Carpenters
extraordinary
,
with
their
chief
,
in
number
thirtie
;
the
Miners
,
with
their
Commander
,
fiftie
;
the
Engineers
for
fire-works
,
two
;
the
Engineers
for
Fortification
,
two
;
the
Petarders
,
six
;
the
Provost
,
one
,
with
his
Lieutenant
and
Halberdeers
;
Quartermaster
,
one
;
Physician
,
one
;
Chirurgions
,
two
;
Apothecary
,
one
;
Pioneers
to
lay
smooth
the
ways
and
make
them
passable
,
at
least
one
thousand
.
And
if
there
be
any
passages
by
water
to
be
expected
,
it
will
be
necessary
to
have
one
hundred
Sea-men
,
or
at
the
least
,
men
used
in
some
reasonable
manner
to
those
affairs
.
And
for
the
comfort
of
all
their
souls
,
there
is
to
be
a
Minister
of
Gods
Word
,
to
take
the
charge
of
them
in
that
nature
.
Concerning
the
peculiar
duties
of
these
forementioned
Officers
,
those
of
the
prime
sort
are
sufficiently
known
,
and
are
to
be
of
ability
to
oversee
all
the
rest
,
and
as
well
to
direct
them
,
as
to
take
and
give
account
of
them
;
and
some
of
them
have
been
forementioned
.
As
for
the
rest
,
the
charge
belonging
to
the
Gentlemen
of
the
Artillery
,
is
to
take
the
care
of
all
the
Train
,
and
especially
of
the
Guns
themselves
in
a
march
;
to
be
always
in
guard
thereof
in
the
Quarters
:
and
in
point
of
Battel
and
Service
,
they
are
each
one
of
them
to
take
two
or
three
Pieces
into
his
particular
care
:
they
are
to
sollicite
the
Gunners
to
plie
their
Ordnance
,
and
to
bestow
them
well
and
profitably
.
In
the
planting
of
the
Batteries
they
are
to
attend
the
General
;
and
being
well
armed
,
to
advance
in
all
places
of
danger
,
and
not
to
suffer
him
to
be
over-engaged
in
his
own
person
.
They
are
to
inform
themselves
thorowly
,
as
well
of
all
the
Defences
of
the
Enemy
,
as
of
the
means
of
disabling
them
.
And
lastly
,
they
are
to
overlook
the
Pioneers
,
and
such
as
labour
at
the
Batteries
,
and
to
cause
them
to
act
their
parts
diligently
and
usefully
upon
all
occasions
.
The
peculiar
duties
of
the
Conductors
of
the
Artillery
,
are
to
take
the
charge
of
the
Waggons
and
Carriages
belonging
to
the
whole
Train
,
and
to
cause
them
to
be
ordered
according
to
instructions
from
the
General
.
They
are
also
to
see
all
the
powder
and
shot
to
be
safely
lodged
and
guarded
.
They
are
all
of
them
,
every
one
in
his
allotted
place
,
to
be
present
at
the
Batteries
,
and
there
to
execute
duly
and
diligently
whatsoever
the
General
shall
appoint
.
The
parts
and
duties
of
the
Constables
of
the
Artillery
,
are
to
lay
out
and
describe
all
the
Ports
of
the
Batteries
;
to
visit
all
the
great
Guns
when
they
are
in
their
Quarters
,
and
to
see
them
in
point
;
to
see
them
conducted
to
the
Batteries
,
and
delivered
up
to
the
Gunners
,
with
all
the
appurrenances
belonging
to
them
;
as
Coins
,
Levers
,
Ladles
,
Sponges
,
Rammers
,
Shot
,
Powder
,
Wads
,
Tackling
,
and
the
like
.
They
are
likewise
to
take
a
survey
,
and
to
advertise
all
the
due
Refreshings
of
the
Pieces
,
and
to
make
them
known
to
the
Lieutenant
and
the
Gentlemen
of
the
Ordnance
.
They
are
to
Caliber
and
fit
all
the
shot
to
the
bore
of
every
great
Gun
,
and
to
see
them
laid
on
heaps
by
every
Piece
.
They
are
also
to
have
a
care
that
the
Gunners
be
sufficiently
fitted
with
Linstocks
,
armed
with
their
short
swords
,
provided
with
their
Powder-horns
and
priming
irons
of
all
sizes
,
and
with
their
Compasses
,
Quadrants
,
and
the
like
necessaries
.
They
are
also
upon
the
casting
of
any
new
Piece
to
visit
them
carefully
,
and
to
cause
them
to
be
every
way
ordered
according
to
commands
and
directions
from
the
General
.
As
for
the
Office
and
duty
of
the
Gunners
,
it
being
generally
known
what
they
are
to
do
,
and
some
printed
Pamphlets
teaching
how
to
do
it
,
I
shall
not
enlarge
my self
farther
that
way
,
then
onely
to
give
some
few
Caveats
:
And
shall
in
the
first
place
advise
,
that
before
any
admittance
be
made
of
any
such
,
the
pretenders
be
thorowly
and
impartially
examined
and
put
to
the
Test
by
the
Master
of
the
Artillery
,
or
some
able
and
honest
men
,
substituted
to
that
end
.
And
for
the
ease
of
these
Substitutes
,
I
shall
presume
to
put
them
in
mind
to
observe
unto
their
Gunners
these
few
particulars
following
,
which
perhaps
are
not
so
carefully
heeded
as
it
were
fit
and
behoveful
in
these
cases
.
As
,
That
in
the
lading
of
their
Guns
(
especially
if
time
and
leisure
may
allow
)
after
the
second
Ladle-ful
of
powder
is
conveyed
into
the
chamber
of
the
Piece
,
and
there
well
settled
by
the
Rammer
,
care
be
taken
that
the
concavity
of
the
Piece
be
thorowly
cleansed
by
a
drie
Sponge
,
or
convenient
Wad
;
lest
by
the
remainder
of
some
grains
of
loose
powder
in
the
way
,
there
accrue
some
peril
by
the
rowling
down
of
the
shot
,
which
may
fire
by
the
way
,
and
fire
the
rest
of
the
powder
in
the
chamber
,
to
the
spoil
of
the
Gunner
:
That
in
the
letting
fall
of
the
shot
into
the
concavity
of
the
Gun
,
when
it
is
charged
with
powder
,
an
especial
care
be
had
that
the
shot
be
first
well
cleansed
;
and
that
no
piece
of
any
sandy
or
stony
substance
be
fixed
unto
it
;
the
which
may
procure
danger
,
both
by
lodging
of
the
shot
by
the
way
before
it
get
home
to
the
powder
,
and
by
hindering
the
free
issue
of
it
upon
the
discharge
:
That
the
Gunner
in
the
lading
of
his
Piece
,
stand
not
before
the
mouth
of
it
with
any
part
of
his
body
,
lest
he
be
spoiled
by
some
accidental
firing
of
it
,
caused
by
some
secret
hony-combs
,
or
the
like
.
And
thus
much
touching
the
peculiar
duties
of
the
prime
Officers
belonging
to
a
Train
of
Artillery
.
As
for
the
rest
of
them
,
their
very
names
speak
the
nature
of
their
duties
,
and
therefore
deserve
no
farther
description
.
CHAP.
VII
.
How
an
Army
is
to
be
conducted
in
a
march
.
Of
the
Horse
and
Foot
,
and
great
Guns
marching
in
the
Van.
Of
the
Horse
and
Foot
and
Guns
marching
in
the
Battel
and
Rear
.
How
to
march
,
the
Enemy
being
in
view
.
Of
the
Artillery
,
when
forced
to
march
apart
.
Of
the
conveyance
of
the
Carriages
in
general
.
Of
the
conduction
of
an
Army
over
Rivers
when
the
Enemy
follows
in
the
Rear
,
or
lies
on
the
further
side
.
Of
a
Bridge
for
the
passing
of
an
Army
over
Rivers
;
and
of
passing
by
a
Ford.
The
best
kind
of
Bridges
for
the
passing
of
Armies
over
Rivers
.
WE
are
now
come
to
the
conduction
of
an
Army
in
a
march
,
wherein
,
in
the
first
place
,
it
is
requisite
that
the
Conductor
be
well
informed
of
the
nature
of
the
Country
through
which
he
is
to
carry
the
Army
:
as
,
whether
it
be
Champion
or
Mountanous
,
whether
subject
to
Marishes
or
not
.
And
especially
he
ought
to
be
careful
to
be
well
provided
with
siklful
and
trusty
Guides
.
And
upon
the
consideration
of
the
nature
and
condition
of
the
Country
,
he
is
to
determine
the
order
of
the
march
.
As
for
example
:
an
Army
made
up
of
forty
thousand
men
(
which
number
was
formerly
propounded
)
being
to
march
in
a
Champion
Country
in
order
of
battel
,
and
the
Enemie
near
,
may
be
thus
marshalled
:
First
of
all
,
in
the
point
before
the
Foot
may
march
five
hundred
Horse
,
being
Corslets
or
Cuirassiers
,
repartited
into
more
or
fewer
divisions
,
as
occasion
shall
require
:
And
these
are
in
the
nature
of
a
Forlorn-hope
,
to
make
discoveries
upon
all
the
passages
on
all
sides
,
and
to
clear
the
Woodie
places
of
all
ambushments
.
Next
after
these
,
may
march
two
thousand
Foot
,
divided
into
more
or
fewer
bodies
,
answerable
to
the
Horse
in
the
point
:
And
they
are
as
well
to
serve
for
a
Second
or
Reserve
to
these
Horse
,
as
to
defend
that
part
of
the
Artillery
marching
in
the
Vantguard
.
After
these
two
thousand
Foot
,
the
division
of
the
Artillery
for
the
Vantguard
of
the
Army
is
to
be
ordered
,
with
the
requisite
Waggons
of
great
shot
,
powder
,
coins
,
and
the
like
necessaries
;
accompanied
with
a
sufficient
number
of
Pioneers
,
to
prepare
and
lay
open
the
ways
and
passages
,
and
to
make
needful
defences
.
And
in
this
division
there
are
to
be
of
great
Guns
,
four
Field-pieces
at
the
least
,
mounted
on
their
proper
Carriages
,
and
attended
with
one
Waggon
of
powder
,
and
another
of
shot
,
with
all
things
answerable
,
commanded
by
an
experienced
Lieutenant
,
with
some
of
the
Gentlemen
of
the
Ordnance
and
their
Gunners
.
After
this
division
may
march
four
Culverins
,
with
a
Waggon
of
powder
and
another
of
shot
,
with
the
appurtenances
.
After
these
,
four
Demy-Cannons
by
pairs
,
with
their
Gins
,
Powder
,
Shot
,
and
other
necessaries
.
And
in
the
Rear
of
all
these
may
march
four
whole
Cannons
,
with
all
that
belongs
unto
them
:
as
,
four
Waggons
of
Powder
,
eight
Waggons
of
Shor
,
with
all
things
answerable
.
And
these
are
the
repartitions
of
the
Artillery
,
which
are
to
be
ordered
to
march
in
the
Van
of
an
Army
of
forty
thousand
men
.
After
this
body
,
and
division
of
these
Ordnance
,
three
thousand
Light-horse
or
Dragoons
are
to
be
ordered
to
march
;
and
after
them
,
ten
thousand
Foot
.
And
in
the
Rear
of
these
,
all
the
Munitions
belonging
to
the
one
half
of
the
Army
;
as
,
Bridges
,
Planks
,
Powder
,
Shot
,
Cordage
,
Pallisadoes
,
Pikes
,
Shovels
,
Crabs
,
Coins
as
well
of
Wood
as
Iron
;
together
with
all
the
Tools
belonging
to
the
Carpenters
,
Smiths
,
and
the
like
Artificers
.
All
which
are
to
be
handsomely
lodged
in
Waggons
.
The
Victuallers
or
Sucklers
of
the
moyety
of
the
Army
,
are
to
be
ordered
to
march
in
the
next
place
,
with
the
Hospital
,
followed
with
the
Carriages
and
Waggons
belonging
to
the
General
,
and
the
other
Commanders
in
chief
;
and
after
them
,
that
part
of
the
Baggage
belonging
partly
to
the
Vant-guard
,
and
partly
to
the
Battel
.
After
these
,
may
march
twelve
thousand
Foot
,
ordered
into
small
Bodies
,
having
in
the
Rear
of
them
a
Body
of
Waggons
of
Baggage
,
whereof
part
is
to
belong
to
the
middle-Guard
,
or
Battel
,
and
part
to
the
Rear-Guard
;
followed
with
the
Generals
Life-Guards
,
and
the
suit
of
the
Ambassadours
.
Next
again
after
these
may
follow
the
Munitions
and
Engines
serving
for
the
use
of
the
Rear
,
with
the
Artillery
,
Bridges
,
and
the
like
appurtenances
;
and
after
them
,
eight
thousand
Foot
,
making
the
Gross
of
the
Rear
.
Then
(
as
formerly
in
the
Van
)
may
be
ordered
to
march
four
Cannons
,
four
Demy-Cannons
,
three
Culverins
,
or
Quart
du
Cannons
;
and
lastly
,
three
Field-pieces
,
with
all
that
belongs
unto
them
,
both
of
Powder
,
Shot
,
and
other
necessaries
,
with
the
requisite
attendants
.
And
after
them
,
two
thousand
Foot
,
to
serve
as
a
defence
and
coverture
to
all
the
Artillery
of
the
Rear
.
And
last
of
all
,
are
to
march
five
hundred
Horse
,
answerable
to
the
like
number
in
the
point
of
the
Van
;
who
are
to
bring
up
the
Rear
,
and
to
discover
that
part
of
the
Campagnia
that
way
;
that
so
no
un-foreseen
Alarms
may
be
given
by
the
Enemy
,
to
any
considerable
loss
.
And
in
this
order
may
an
Army
on
all
sides
be
sufficiently
provided
in
a
march
against
all
attempts
;
especially
when
the
Enemy
is
not
in
view
,
but
somewhat
remote
.
But
if
the
Enemy
be
in
view
,
and
an
assault
to
be
expected
,
and
the
Army
nevertheless
of
necessity
to
march
,
and
this
befall
in
a
large
Plain
or
Champion
Country
;
this
order
now
described
is
to
receive
some
alterations
.
For
it
will
be
needful
to
have
a
large
Front
of
Pikes
,
being
ten
or
six
deep
in
File
,
with
wings
of
Shot
on
each
side
,
the
which
all
together
are
to
make
an
equal
Front
;
between
which
Shot
and
Pikes
the
Artillery
is
to
march
in
the
intervals
.
And
in
the
midst
,
right
behind
the
Cannon
,
or
Artillery
,
may
march
two
Bodies
of
Pikes
,
and
betwixt
them
the
Carriages
or
Baggage
.
And
last
of
all
,
in
the
Rear
of
all
,
may
be
ordered
a
Body
of
Pikes
,
with
divisions
of
Shot
on
each
side
,
equalizing
with
those
of
the
Front
;
and
on
each
side
of
them
,
some
Troops
of
Horse
,
to
serve
as
wings
to
this
Body
of
the
Rear
.
And
in
this
Form
and
Order
an
Army
may
both
march
,
and
if
need
be
,
fight
,
without
being
disordered
or
much
impedited
in
its
way
.
For
if
the
Enemy
shall
charge
in
Front
,
this
order
may
be
maintained
,
and
receive
the
Enemies
charge
,
be
it
either
of
Horse
or
Foot
,
by
the
Front
of
Pikes
;
and
the
Shot
in
the
wings
shall
oportunely
gall
them
in
the
mean
time
,
and
the
Artillery
also
give
them
a
Salve
as
they
make
up
;
and
both
Shot
and
Cannon
be
well
secured
,
either
by
the
Pikes
,
if
the
Enemies
Foot
shall
charge
;
or
by
the
Horse
in
the
Rear
,
which
are
to
advance
if
the
Enemie
charge
with
his
Horse
.
And
if
the
Enemy
charge
in
any
of
the
Flanks
,
it
may
be
sustained
by
those
Pikes
which
march
there
,
if
his
charge
be
with
Foot
;
and
withal
,
he
shall
be
galled
by
the
shot
both
of
Van
and
Rear
:
and
if
his
charge
be
with
Horse
,
it
may
be
opposed
by
the
Horse
marching
in
the
Rear
,
who
are
to
advance
to
that
end
.
And
if
the
Enemy
give
on
in
the
Rear
,
his
Foot
may
be
received
(
with
Faces
about
)
by
the
Body
of
Pikes
which
are
ordered
there
,
and
also
be
much
annoyed
by
those
Shot
flanking
those
Pikes
;
and
the
Shot
well
secured
,
as
well
by
their
own
Pikes
,
as
the
Pikes
in
the
Flank
;
and
especially
by
the
Horse
marching
in
the
Flanks
of
this
Rear
.
And
all
this
while
,
the
Carriages
of
Baggage
and
Munition
may
likewise
be
very
sufficiently
secured
,
by
their
being
ordered
to
march
in
the
very
center
of
the
Body
of
Pikes
.
But
because
it
may
fall
out
upon
occasions
either
of
passages
,
or
ways
,
or
present
work
and
employment
,
that
the
Train
of
Artillery
may
be
forced
to
march
by
it self
apart
,
and
severed
from
the
main
Body
of
the
Army
;
in
this
case
the
order
and
conduction
of
it
may
be
,
that
half
the
Pioneers
and
Labourers
make
the
Van
,
marching
under
their
Chiefs
and
Commissaries
,
and
to
be
freed
from
the
trouble
of
any
strangers
not
belonging
to
their
Train
,
nor
with
any
of
their
Waggons
.
After
which
Pioneers
,
all
such
Waggons
are
to
march
,
as
carry
the
Spades
,
Mattocks
,
and
the
like
Utensils
.
Next
unto
these
,
the
Field-pieces
are
to
follow
;
after
them
the
Culverins
,
then
the
Demy-Cannons
,
and
lastly
the
Cannons
.
And
thus
ordered
marcheth
the
Vant-Guard
:
and
in
the
very
same
order
may
also
march
the
Rear
.
And
after
the
Cannons
in
the
Rear
,
may
follow
all
the
Furniture
belonging
to
the
Artillery
;
and
with
it
the
Bridges
,
the
Boats
,
the
reserve
of
the
Munitions
,
and
especially
the
Magazine
of
Powder
,
the
Tents
in
general
,
and
the
Generals
Tents
.
Though
true
it
is
,
that
these
are
sometimes
ordered
to
march
in
the
Van
,
that
so
they
may
be
first
in
the
Quarters
,
the
better
to
be
fitted
for
receit
and
entertainment
.
After
these
are
to
march
all
the
Fire-works
,
all
the
Ladders
,
Planks
,
Chains
,
Nails
,
and
Sacks
,
and
the
like
implements
.
And
after
them
,
the
rest
of
the
Pioneers
and
Miners
,
followed
with
the
Waggons
of
small
shot
,
with
the
Store
of
Lead
,
with
those
of
the
Pikes
and
Arms
to
spare
.
And
then
the
Waggons
of
the
great
shot
;
the
which
,
though
properly
they
are
to
be
ordered
to
march
next
after
the
great
Guns
,
yet
in
respect
that
the
small
shot
,
and
other
small
parcels
,
are
more
subject
to
the
pillage
of
the
Common
Souldier
,
they
may
best
be
secured
in
this
manner
.
And
in
the
last
place
are
to
come
up
the
Waggons
belonging
to
the
General
of
the
Ordnance
,
his
Lieutenants
,
with
the
Gentlemen
and
Officers
of
that
Train
.
And
then
again
the
Smiths
and
Carpenters
.
And
in
rear
of
all
,
the
Provost
of
the
Artillery
is
to
march
,
together
with
the
remainder
of
the
Baggage
,
and
the
Victuals
of
the
whole
Train
.
And
thus
may
the
Artillery
belonging
to
a
great
Army
march
in
good
safety
,
in
all
common
passages
,
and
in
a
large
and
open
Country
,
several
and
apart
by
it self
.
And
if
it
shall
be
thought
that
the
Train
will
hereby
be
over-lengthened
,
it
may
be
helped
by
dividing
it
into
three
parts
;
but
in
such
a
manner
,
that
the
Vant-Guard
may
take
the
right
hand
,
the
Battel
the
left
,
equalling
the
Front
with
the
Van
;
and
the
Rear-Guard
,
with
the
Ordnance
and
their
appurtenances
,
to
march
betwixt
them
both
.
And
hereby
also
,
the
whole
Train
marching
the
more
closed
,
shall
become
the
stronger
and
readier
;
and
every
man
prepared
to
know
,
and
fall
into
his
proper
rank
and
place
,
without
the
least
confusion
.
As
for
the
conduction
and
ordering
of
the
general
Carriages
and
Baggage
belonging
to
an
Army
when
it
is
to
march
:
It
hath
been
found
(
as
well
with
the
Ancients
as
Moderns
)
to
be
disponed
in
five
several
parts
:
As
,
either
before
the
Army
,
when
there
was
a
suspicion
of
the
Enemies
charging
in
the
Rear
;
or
behind
,
when
the
Army
was
led
towards
the
Enemy
;
or
on
the
one
Flank
,
when
there
was
an
expectation
to
be
charged
on
the
other
;
or
in
the
center
of
the
Battel
,
when
a
charge
was
looked
for
on
all
sides
.
And
thus
much
touching
the
ordering
of
an
Army
in
its
marching
thorough
a
plain
and
champion
Country
:
it
remaineth
to
speak
somewhat
about
the
conduction
of
an
Army
over
Rivers
,
and
the
like
.
In
which
case
,
if
the
Enemy
be
in
appearance
,
or
near
unto
the
Rear
,
it
will
be
fit
in
the
first
place
to
pass
over
some
six
or
eight
Pieces
of
the
smaller
sorts
of
Ordnance
,
and
so
to
lodge
them
on
the
other
side
of
the
River
,
under
good
covertures
,
that
they
may
fully
discover
and
play
upon
that
part
whence
the
danger
is
expected
.
But
withal
,
a
large
half
Moon
is
to
be
raised
on
the
opposite
side
;
wherein
the
rest
of
the
Ordnance
are
so
to
lie
mounted
,
that
they
may
play
upon
all
the
approaches
of
the
Enemy
,
and
withal
flanker
their
friends
,
and
so
favour
them
in
their
passage
:
during
the
which
interim
,
those
Pieces
on
the
further
side
are
likewise
to
be
kept
in
continual
play
;
that
so
the
Enemy
may
not
,
without
apparent
hazard
,
approach
the
Rear
of
the
Army
.
And
if
there
be
any
suspicion
of
the
Enemies
falling
upon
the
very
tail
of
the
Rear
,
some
small
entrenchment
is
to
be
made
,
wherein
some
small
Pieces
may
be
lodged
,
and
guarded
with
a
convenient
number
of
Musqueteers
,
who
are
there
to
stay
and
make
good
the
place
,
until
the
Army
be
passed
over
the
River
;
and
then
themselves
are
last
of
all
to
take
their
passage
in
the
last
Boats
,
under
the
favour
of
those
Guns
planted
at
the
first
on
the
further
side
of
the
River
.
And
in
this
manner
did
that
famous
Prince
of
Parma
make
his
passage
with
his
Army
over
the
deep
River
Wale
,
when
Henry
IV.
of
France
with
his
Army
followed
him
a
long
march
in
his
Rear
.
Thus
I
say
may
an
Army
make
his
passage
over
a
River
with
Boats
,
with
good
security
,
though
an
Army
of
Enemies
follow
it
in
the
Rear
.
But
if
an
Enemie
lie
on
the
further
side
of
the
River
,
of
purpose
to
hinder
the
passage
of
an
Army
over
it
,
then
that
course
is
very
approvable
,
which
in
the
like
case
was
put
in
practice
by
that
super-eminent
Commander
the
King
of
Swedeland
(
when
Tilly
was
on
the
further
side
of
the
River
to
oppose
him
)
who
to
that
purpose
made
choice
of
a
point
of
land
,
(
so
made
by
the
serpentine
bending
of
the
River
that
he
was
to
pass
over
)
the
bank
whereof
,
on
the
side
where
the
Kings
own
Army
lay
,
being
a
Pikes
length
higher
then
was
that
on
Tillies
side
;
being
also
plain
and
without
covert
,
but
the
Enemies
side
Woodie
and
close
.
Upon
this
point
the
King
caused
a
running
Trench
to
be
cast
up
round
about
;
wherein
Musqueteers
were
so
lodged
,
that
out
of
it
they
might
with
good
security
give
fire
into
the
opposite
Wood
,
where
Tilly
with
his
Army
lay
in
covert
.
And
the
same
Line
or
Trench
had
a
great
Battery
besides
at
each
end
of
it
,
whereon
some
Demy-Cannons
and
Culverins
were
mounted
,
with
many
lesser
Batteries
betwixt
them
,
for
some
smaller
Pieces
all
alongst
the
point
;
the
which
also
were
every
where
lined
and
intermingled
with
Musqueteers
.
The
Bridge
for
the
passage
of
the
Kings
Army
(
for
by
a
Bridge
they
were
forced
to
pass
)
was
made
with
Planks
and
the
like
materials
.
The
means
to
support
this
Bridge
,
was
by
certain
strong
Tressels
,
whose
feet
were
long
enough
to
fathom
the
depth
of
the
River
.
And
these
Tressels
had
great
stones
made
fast
to
their
legs
,
wherewith
to
sink
them
:
and
the
length
of
the
Tressels
were
proportioned
to
the
just
depth
of
the
River
in
every
place
where
they
were
to
be
placed
:
so
that
the
Planks
upon
the
uppermost
part
of
the
Bridge
were
to
lie
almost
even
with
the
surface
of
the
water
.
The
Bridge
thus
fitted
and
laid
over
,
the
Kings
Pioneers
were
instantly
commanded
to
pass
over
upon
it
,
and
cast
up
a
small
Half
Moon
,
with
a
Pallisado
fitted
unto
it
upon
that
side
of
the
River
:
the
which
works
were
so
contrived
,
as
that
they
did
answer
in
every
particular
those
of
the
Enemies
made
for
his
Musqueteers
;
and
withal
served
to
cover
the
Bridge
,
and
to
latch
such
great
shot
as
should
be
made
upon
the
Bridge
.
And
these
Pioneers
were
secured
in
their
workings
by
the
Cannons
and
Musqueteers
of
their
Party
,
lodged
on
the
opposite
side
of
the
River
.
Now
the
reasons
inducing
to
the
choice
of
the
Part
,
and
the
manner
of
the
Works
,
were
,
in
that
the
crookedness
and
serpentine
course
of
the
River
did
afford
a
conveniencie
,
by
flanking
it
on
every
side
to
defend
the
Bridge
,
being
laid
over
just
upon
the
point
of
land
;
so
that
it
could
not
be
touched
by
any
of
the
Enemies
Batteries
,
though
they
were
on
each
side
thereof
:
because
by
the
sudden
shouldering
away
of
the
bank
of
the
River
at
either
end
,
none
of
the
Enemies
Cannon
could
bear
or
beat
upon
the
Bridge
,
but
that
either
the
bullets
fell
short
,
being
latched
by
the
Half
Moon
aforesaid
,
and
the
heighth
of
the
bank
of
the
River
;
or
else
flew
quite
over
the
Kings
Leaguer
,
and
so
did
no
execution
.
By
which
means
the
Kings
Army
passed
over
safely
;
and
being
over
,
routed
the
Enemy
,
and
killed
their
General
,
that
brave
old
man
.
And
thus
you
have
some
rules
and
advertisements
about
the
conduction
of
an
Army
over
Rivers
,
by
Boats
and
Bridges
.
But
if
an
Army
be
to
pass
over
a
River
by
a
Foord
,
and
an
Enemy
ready
to
resist
on
the
further
side
;
As
it
is
to
be
known
that
that
Army
runs
a
great
hazard
which
is
thus
put
to
it
,
so
is
it
not
to
be
practised
but
upon
most
urging
causes
,
and
then
with
all
cautions
possible
;
among
which
,
I
shall
propound
these
following
:
That
in
the
passage
,
the
most
of
the
Horse
be
ordered
to
pass
in
the
Front
,
and
the
Foot
to
march
close
up
after
them
;
for
the
Horse
are
better
able
and
provided
to
sustain
the
Enemies
resistance
at
their
landing
then
the
Foot
;
who
must
needs
be
much
encumbred
and
tired
by
their
wading
thorow
the
water
,
and
especially
if
the
Foord
be
broad
or
deep
.
And
besides
,
the
Horse
thus
marching
in
Front
,
shall
oportunely
discover
the
condition
of
the
passage
,
where
it
is
at
best
and
worst
;
and
may
also
be
ready
to
relieve
and
succour
any
of
the
Foot
that
by
any
accident
may
be
endangered
in
the
water
.
And
this
was
Caesars
order
in
his
British
War
,
in
his
passage
over
the
River
of
Thames
;
and
at
the
River
Sicoris
in
his
Spanish
War
.
And
if
the
Foord
be
deep
,
and
withal
of
a
swift
current
,
it
will
be
necessary
to
place
a
great
number
both
of
Horse
,
and
other
great
Cattle
,
as
well
above
the
part
where
the
Army
is
to
Foord
it
,
as
also
below
;
for
hereby
the
Horse
that
stand
above
,
will
break
the
force
of
the
Current
;
and
the
Horse
that
stand
below
,
may
succour
and
take
up
any
such
as
shall
happen
to
be
overswayed
by
the
force
of
the
stream
;
and
withal
,
add
courage
to
the
Souldiers
in
general
to
adventure
.
And
this
course
was
practised
by
Hannibal
in
a
passage
of
his
Army
over
the
River
Po
,
where
in
stead
of
Horse
,
his
Elephants
were
thus
ordered
to
this
purpose
.
A
second
course
to
this
end
(
but
requiring
more
time
,
though
with
less
peril
)
may
be
,
to
abate
the
depth
of
the
Foord
,
and
violence
of
the
Current
,
by
dividing
the
River
into
many
Chanels
.
As
Cyrus
did
the
River
Euphrates
,
when
he
took
Babylon
from
Baltazzer
;
and
Semiramis
the
same
River
(
if
we
credit
Herodotus
)
long
before
:
as
afterwards
Alexander
.
Neither
hath
this
practice
been
altogether
amongst
the
Ancients
;
for
at
the
last
siege
of
the
Town
of
the
Borse
,
when
the
States
took
it
in
,
that
small
River
that
ran
through
the
Town
,
was
so
diverted
,
that
the
Town
was
not
only
streightned
in
point
of
water
,
but
all
such
Passages
and
Avenues
drowned
,
as
might
have
facilitated
a
Reliefe
from
abroad
,
and
the
approaches
upon
the
Town
it self
made
by
far
more
easie
and
accessible
.
As
for
the
kindes
of
Bridges
proper
for
these
conveyances
of
Armies
over
Rivers
,
whereof
we
spake
of
one
even
now
:
Of
these
there
are
many
sorts
;
but
those
most
in
use
,
and
indeed
most
commendable
,
as
are
made
upon
flat-bottom
Boats
or
Punts
,
wheresoever
these
are
to
be
procured
.
But
withal
,
whatsoever
the
Bridges
be
,
or
howsoever
contrived
,
it
is
to
be
received
for
a
Maxime
,
that
whensoever
an
Army
is
to
pass
over
any
of
them
,
and
the
Enemie
within
the
distance
of
half
a
days
march
;
no
part
of
the
Army
ought
to
be
severed
from
the
main
Body
,
that
no
advantage
may
be
taken
by
the
Enemy
,
to
intercept
or
come
between
them
and
their
Friends
.
And
this
holds
not
onely
in
the
passages
by
Bridges
,
but
by
Boats
,
or
Foords
,
or
any
other
.
And
thus
you
have
directions
for
the
marshalling
of
Armies
in
a
march
.
And
these
well
observed
,
though
an
Army
should
be
forced
to
march
even
by
night
,
need
no
other
additions
,
save
onely
that
extraordinary
care
be
had
in
providing
a
sufficient
number
of
able
Guides
,
which
are
to
be
distributed
throughout
the
whole
Army
:
That
a
well
chosen
Watch-word
be
given
,
whereby
every
Piece
and
individual
Person
may
be
known
one
to
another
:
That
many
Altes
be
made
,
to
hold
all
the
parts
together
,
and
no
Stragglers
lost
:
That
the
quantity
and
length
of
the
march
be
so
laid
,
and
with
that
discretion
limited
,
that
the
Souldiers
be
neither
disabled
by
over-long
journeys
,
nor
oportunities
lost
by
sickness
:
and
lastly
,
that
especial
endeavour
be
practised
to
procure
good
intelligence
of
the
Enemies
proceedings
.
As
for
such
marches
as
are
to
be
made
over
Mountains
,
thorow
Woods
,
and
Boggie
and
Marish
grounds
,
and
the
like
;
it
is
not
to
be
expected
that
any
certainty
can
be
prescribed
,
as
touching
their
forms
;
for
they
are
to
be
accommodated
to
the
ground
and
ways
that
necessity
throws
them
upon
;
and
commonly
are
extended
in
great
lengths
,
made
passable
by
the
labour
of
Pioneers
,
but
best
secured
by
vigilancie
.
CHAP.
VIII
.
Of
the
ordinary
way
of
ordering
a
Royal
Army
to
Battel
.
The
Leaders
in
this
order
,
where
to
place
themselves
,
and
who
to
be
.
A
censure
of
the
defects
of
this
order
formerly
described
.
Of
the
Generals
placing
himself
betwixt
the
Battel
and
the
Rear
.
The
best
place
for
the
General
in
a
battel
.
Of
the
lining
of
the
Horse
with
the
light-armed
,
or
Musqueteers
.
Of
the
long-Bowe
,
how
to
be
ordered
and
employed
:
wherein
it
is
preferable
,
and
hath
the
advantage
of
the
Musquet
.
How
the
Horse
are
most
advantagiously
ordered
and
placed
in
a
battel
.
The
best
Forms
and
proportions
of
Horse-battels
.
The
censure
upon
these
Forms
,
and
the
use
of
them
.
The
depth
that
Horse-battels
are
to
be
ordered
into
.
Of
some
words
of
Command
both
to
Horse
and
Foot
.
Of
doubling
Files
and
Ranks
,
and
the
use
of
them
.
A
modern
form
of
ordering
a
Fight
,
much
approved
of
.
Why
an
Army
is
thus
to
be
ordered
.
Objections
answered
.
IN
the
last
foregoing
Chapter
we
propounded
some
directions
how
Armies
were
to
march
.
In
this
we
shall
speak
of
the
forms
of
embattelling
them
to
fight
;
and
shall
purposely
omit
many
sorts
of
them
,
as
being
to
little
or
no
purpose
,
save
to
express
the
cunning
of
a
curious
Serjeant-Major-General
,
and
to
please
wanton
Spectators
;
but
shall
apply
my self
to
such
as
are
most
of
use
.
The
customary
way
of
ordering
an
Army-Royal
to
a
Battel
,
as
well
Anciently
as
more
Modernly
,
hath
been
to
divide
it
into
three
Battaliaes
,
or
main
Bodies
:
and
these
three
Bodies
have
been
,
and
yet
are
,
(
by
some
Nations
)
ordered
into
one
joint
Phalanx
:
by
others
distributed
into
maniples
,
or
small
divisions
.
Between
which
divisions
,
for
the
prevention
of
some
confusions
,
they
leave
intervals
or
distances
,
that
by
them
,
and
through
them
,
one
Battel
or
Body
may
the
more
conveniently
second
the
other
.
And
the
breadth
and
depth
of
these
maniples
are
to
be
made
answerable
to
the
Enemies
forces
,
and
the
nature
of
the
ground
;
but
with
such
distances
,
that
if
the
Vant-guard
should
happen
to
be
broken
,
it
may
conveniently
retreat
thorow
them
behind
the
Battel
;
which
thereupon
is
to
joyn
and
advance
,
and
so
to
renew
the
Front
,
and
receive
the
Enemy
afresh
.
And
in
the
like
manner
,
upon
the
like
occasion
,
is
the
Battel
to
do
behind
the
Rear
.
And
as
the
one
Body
is
thus
relieved
by
another
,
so
may
one
maniple
by
another
,
and
that
without
either
the
advancing
or
retire
of
the
whole
Body
.
As
for
the
Leaders
of
these
several
Bodies
,
those
of
the
Vant-guard
are
to
be
,
the
Lord
Marshal
,
with
the
one
half
of
the
Colonels
,
and
half
of
the
Captains
,
having
the
best
men
in
the
Front
.
And
in
a
retreat
,
the
same
men
are
to
bring
up
that
Rear
.
The
Leaders
of
the
Battel
,
and
of
the
Rear
,
are
to
be
the
other
half
of
the
Colonels
and
Captaius
.
As
for
the
Generalissimo's
place
(
according
to
this
order
)
it
is
to
be
between
the
Battel
and
the
Rear
;
and
that
as
well
in
regard
that
it
is
the
place
of
most
security
,
as
that
upon
all
occasions
his
advice
and
command
may
there
be
best
given
and
taken
.
And
the
Ensignes
are
to
be
ordered
into
the
midst
of
the
Maniples
,
or
somewhat
nearer
the
Front
.
As
for
the
Artillery
,
it
is
to
be
ordered
before
the
Front
,
without
the
corners
of
the
Vant-guard
,
upon
the
most
elevated
ground
,
that
it
may
the
better
play
upon
all
parts
.
Only
if
the
Enemy
be
expected
to
charge
on
all
parts
,
then
is
the
Artillery
to
be
placed
on
all
parts
:
and
such
Pieces
as
are
not
for
the
present
employment
,
to
be
bestowed
between
the
Battel
and
the
Rear
;
unless
the
fight
be
before
a
Town
,
or
Camp
entrenched
,
and
then
it
is
left
either
in
the
Town
or
Camp
;
and
so
is
the
Baggage
likewise
,
and
all
the
unprofitable
persons
.
But
this
ordering
of
an
Army
for
a
Battel
,
hath
not
passed
without
reprehension
in
divers
particulars
.
As
first
of
the
Phalanx
,
and
indeed
all
other
over-great
Bodies
:
for
it
being
an
undeniable
Maxime
,
that
those
Troops
stand
in
best
order
which
can
bring
up
most
hands
to
fight
at
once
;
it
as
undeniably
followeth
,
that
the
smaller
Troops
and
divisions
must
needs
do
this
best
,
and
therefore
are
preferable
:
Because
in
great
Squadrons
or
Phalanxes
,
many
men
are
drowned
in
the
depth
of
the
Files
and
Flanks
,
and
never
appear
but
when
the
breaking
of
the
great
Body
doth
present
them
to
the
Butcherie
.
The
great
Squadrons
are
also
reprovable
,
in
regard
that
they
are
unmanagable
,
and
cannot
be
preserved
in
order
but
when
the
ground
is
large
and
plain
,
and
withal
of
an
even
and
perfect
level
;
otherwise
they
must
either
stand
immovable
,
or
upon
the
least
motion
be
subject
to
shaking
and
disorder
;
whereas
the
lesser
Bodies
are
scantled
for
all
places
,
champion
or
woodie
,
level
or
uneven
,
of
what
condition
soever
.
Again
,
if
two
or
three
ranks
onely
of
the
great
Bodies
happen
to
be
broken
,
or
any
way
disorderdered
,
the
whole
Body
is
equally
interessed
in
the
disorder
,
and
hath
far
less
means
to
rally
it self
,
then
a
small
maniple
:
whereas
on
the
contrary
,
if
any
violence
rout
or
disorder
a
maniple
,
it
proceedeth
no
further
then
to
that
part
where
it
taketh
;
the
disranking
of
any
one
of
these
small
Bodies
,
not
at
all
,
or
very
little
extending
to
the
confusion
or
disorder
of
any
of
the
rest
:
by
reason
that
their
intervals
and
separations
or
distances
serve
to
cut
off
such
inconveniencies
,
and
yet
no
way
hinder
the
general
uniting
of
all
their
strength
into
one
Body
.
And
these
are
the
exceptions
against
great
Bodies
,
and
united
Phalanxes
.
The
second
exception
against
the
former
order
,
is
about
the
placing
of
the
General
himself
between
the
Battel
or
Middle-guard
,
and
the
Rear-guard
,
as
the
former
order
prescribes
.
Concerning
which
,
notwithstanding
many
opinions
are
to
be
found
,
and
various
Presidents
;
Vegetius
(
in
his
third
Book
and
eighteenth
Chapter
)
saith
,
that
the
General
of
the
Army
is
accustomed
to
be
in
the
right
Wing
,
betwixt
the
Horse
and
the
Foot
.
And
he
addeth
,
This
is
the
place
which
governeth
the
whole
Battel
,
as
from
whence
all
sallyings
out
are
direct
and
free
;
so
that
(
saith
he
)
the
General
resting
thus
betwixt
the
Horse
and
Foot
,
may
best
govern
them
with
commands
and
directions
.
Now
of
both
these
there
have
been
found
examples
:
of
the
first
,
Diodorus
Siculus
affirmeth
that
it
was
the
manner
of
the
Scythians
,
that
the
King
should
be
in
the
middle
of
the
Phalanx
.
And
Arrian
(
in
his
first
Book
and
thirty
sixth
Chapter
)
affirmeth
that
Darius
took
the
same
place
.
And
Leo
also
(
cap.
4.
Sect
63.
and
67.
and
cap.
12.
Sect.
66.
)
giveth
the
middle
of
the
Battel
to
the
General
.
And
Plutarch
reports
,
that
Timoleon
in
his
fight
against
the
Carthaginians
placed
himself
in
the
very
midst
of
the
Battel
.
On
the
other
side
,
we
have
it
in
Xenophon
(
Cyrop
.
lib.
7.
fol.
176.
)
that
Cyrus
in
his
Battel
against
Croesus
,
took
his
place
in
the
right
Wing
,
betwixt
the
right
hand
of
the
Battel
,
and
that
of
the
Horse
that
were
ordered
in
the
Wing
.
And
Alexander
the
Great
(
though
bred
amongst
the
Phalangers
)
did
the
like
in
most
of
his
Battels
.
And
for
the
Moderns
,
I
find
the
valiant
King
of
Sweden
at
the
battel
of
Liptzwick
,
in
the
right
Wing
,
in
the
Front
of
some
Brigades
of
Horse
;
and
at
the
Battel
of
Lutzen
,
in
the
very
Front
of
the
right
Wing
of
his
Vant-guard
,
consisting
of
six
Horse-Squadrons
,
lined
with
five
Bodies
of
Musqueteers
.
For
mine
own
part
,
as
(
amongst
these
various
opinions
)
I
cannot
approve
of
the
Generals
placing
himself
in
the
midst
of
the
Middle-guard
or
Center
of
the
main
Body
of
Pikes
,
in
regard
that
it
neither
expresseth
valour
,
nor
can
he
see
about
him
to
discover
any
advantages
or
disadvantages
,
and
to
direct
accordingly
;
so
on
the
other
side
,
I
shall
not
advise
to
have
any
General
to
be
over-hazardous
in
adventuring
his
person
in
the
very
heighth
of
the
Front
,
especially
when
the
Army
falls
up
to
the
charge
,
lest
the
loss
of
the
best
bloud
of
that
body
,
procure
the
languishing
of
the
whole
.
And
thus
I
am
sure
was
lost
at
Lutzen
the
best
General
of
the
World
,
though
(
to
the
wonder
of
the
World
)
that
headless
Army
got
the
day
in
a
fury
.
In
mine
opinion
therefore
,
though
a
General
may
place
himself
(
at
the
time
of
a
battel
)
in
the
right
Wing
of
his
own
Middle-guard
,
yet
ought
it
to
be
with
some
Brigades
of
Reserve
:
and
by
no
means
in
the
very
Point
or
Post
of
the
Van.
For
questionless
it
is
a
great
errour
in
a
General
,
when
his
courage
shall
not
suffer
his
judgment
to
distinguish
betwixt
the
duties
of
a
common
Carabine
and
the
General
of
an
Army
.
As
for
the
lining
of
the
Horse
with
Musqueteers
,
or
at
the
least
with
the
light-armed
,
(
whereof
we
gave
a
touch
before
)
it
was
not
uncommon
with
the
Ancients
.
And
it
was
always
held
,
that
Horse
being
thus
charged
,
could
not
resist
both
.
And
we
have
a
notable
example
hereof
in
Hirtius
(
de
Bello
Afric
.
)
when
Caesar
having
a
march
to
make
,
and
but
a
small
number
of
Horse
with
his
Legionary
Souldiers
,
was
set
upon
in
his
way
by
the
Enemie
,
abounding
with
Horse
,
and
light-armed
Numidians
amongst
them
.
And
when
Caesars
Souldiers
fell
out
to
charge
,
the
Enemies
Horse
retreated
,
and
the
Foot
stood
fast
,
until
their
Horse
with
a
short
wheeling
about
,
returned
upon
the
Rear
of
the
Enemy
to
their
rescue
:
by
which
way
of
fight
,
Caesar
himself
confessed
,
that
he
was
so
perplexed
,
that
he
found
no
other
course
to
save
himself
,
then
to
recover
some
hills
of
shelter
near
at
hand
;
and
that
had
it
not
been
for
them
,
he
must
have
fared
worse
.
And
for
those
Musquereers
wherewith
the
King
of
Swedens
Horse
at
the
Battels
of
Liptzwick
and
Lutzen
were
lined
,
they
were
so
shadowed
from
the
Enemie
by
these
Horse
,
that
when
those
of
the
Enemies
came
up
to
the
charge
,
they
did
a
very
great
execution
upon
them
before
they
were
aware
,
and
were
a
main
means
of
the
attainment
of
those
two
famous
Victories
.
Nor
can
I
apprehend
any
objection
that
may
(
with
any
reason
)
be
made
against
this
form
of
order
;
since
hereby
these
Musqueteers
are
well
secured
by
their
own
Horse
,
and
the
Enemies
Horse
in
extream
danger
to
be
terribly
galled
by
these
Fire-weapons
before
they
can
get
up
to
charge
home
,
or
so
much
as
to
approach
within
the
reach
of
their
Pistols
.
And
therefore
it
seemeth
to
me
very
worthy
both
of
acceptation
and
imitation
.
And
these
ways
of
lining
of
the
heavy-armed
with
the
light-armed
,
have
not
been
found
to
be
practised
with
the
Horse
onely
,
but
with
the
Pikes
also
;
and
that
as
well
with
the
Ancients
,
as
those
of
our
time
.
True
it
is
,
that
these
light-armed
with
the
Ancients
,
were
the
Slingers
and
Darters
,
and
were
variously
ordered
;
sometimes
before
the
Front
of
the
Phalanx
,
or
main
body
of
the
Pikes
;
sometimes
on
the
Wings
,
sometimes
betwixt
the
Files
of
the
armed
,
fronting
in
a
right
line
with
them
;
sometimes
in
the
Rear
of
the
Battel
of
the
Pikes
(
and
of
these
Aelian
makes
mention
,
chap.
42.
)
and
sometimes
also
in
a
quite
contrary
way
;
as
when
these
light
armed
were
drawn
into
the
midst
of
the
battel
it self
.
As
for
the
usual
Modern
ways
,
they
are
(
as
all
know
)
to
place
and
order
the
light-armed
men
,
which
are
the
Musqueteers
,
in
the
Wings
,
and
sometimes
in
the
Front
of
the
Battel
of
Pikes
.
And
the
Swedish
Discipline
introduced
an
intermingling
of
the
Musqueteers
with
small
bodies
and
maniples
of
Pikes
;
the
which
,
nevertheless
,
were
so
bestowed
in
the
Sections
and
Divisions
of
those
bodies
,
as
not
to
be
discovered
by
the
assaulting
Enemies
until
they
felt
them
.
And
surely
(
if
the
Garb
of
the
Time
would
allow
it
)
I
see
not
,
why
some
of
our
long-Bowe-men
(
which
,
as
the
World
knows
,
have
been
the
fame
of
our
Nation
)
might
not
be
employed
in
these
services
,
mixed
together
with
our
Musqueteers
;
nor
why
they
should
not
execute
to
great
purpose
,
especially
upon
Horse
.
And
if
some
of
them
were
ordered
in
the
very
Rear
of
the
body
of
Pikes
,
they
would
not
onely
be
shadowed
from
the
view
of
the
Enemy
,
but
might
be
drawn
up
without
any
confusion
or
trouble
to
any
other
part
,
as
occasion
should
require
;
nay
,
standing
firm
in
the
very
Rear
of
all
,
they
may
,
questionless
,
do
very
great
service
,
(
and
especially
before
the
Armies
join
)
by
delivering
their
Vollies
of
Arrows
over
all
that
stand
before
them
;
the
which
,
as
many
of
them
as
fall
upon
any
Horse-Troops
,
and
with
their
barbed
heads
stick
and
hang
fast
where
they
fall
(
as
they
will
certainly
do
)
they
cannot
chuse
but
cause
a
mighty
confusion
:
nay
,
their
very
sticking
in
the
ground
,
in
the
way
of
a
Horse-Troop
,
must
needs
dazle
their
sight
,
and
amaze
them
.
For
I
am
clearly
of
their
opinion
,
who
hold
that
the
long-Bowe
is
preferable
to
the
Musquet
in
these
respects
:
In
that
many
ranks
of
Archers
,
yea
all
of
them
,
should
they
stand
ten
in
depth
,
may
deliver
their
whole
Vollie
at
once
;
whereas
the
Musqueteers
can
do
this
with
one
rank
onely
at
once
;
or
at
the
most
(
after
the
Swedish
way
)
with
three
:
as
also
,
in
regard
that
the
arrow
strikes
as
well
in
descent
,
as
at
point-blank
,
the
bullet
onely
at
point-blank
:
In
that
the
Bowe
may
far
better
be
used
in
wet
weather
then
the
Musquet
,
and
is
withal
surer
to
take
,
whereas
the
Musquet
oftentimes
fails
in
taking
fire
:
In
that
the
Bowe
is
undoubtedly
more
prevalent
against
the
horse
then
the
Musquet
;
for
though
a
horse
be
shot
thorow
with
a
bullet
,
he
is
yet
for
a
while
able
to
bear
his
Rider
,
and
to
do
service
;
but
if
a
barbed
arrow
do
but
hang
in
any
part
of
a
horse
,
he
becomes
altogether
unmanageable
,
and
so
unserviceable
.
And
lastly
,
in
that
(
as
aforesaid
)
though
the
arrow
should
miss
its
mark
,
yet
it
s
very
sticking
in
the
ground
(
and
especially
when
a
whole
Volley
doth
so
)
proves
not
onely
terrible
to
the
horse
,
but
cumbersome
both
to
horse
and
man
;
and
that
in
all
grounds
,
and
at
all
assaults
.
I
know
well
,
that
in
some
particulars
the
Musquet
also
is
preserable
to
the
Bowe
;
as
behind
a
Rampart
,
and
thorow
loop-holes
;
and
in
that
a
good
Musquet
duly
charged
,
will
carry
point-blank
to
the
distance
of
twelve
score
,
whereas
an
Archer
(
especially
now
adays
)
can
scarce
shoot
so
far
at
random
.
It
may
be
also
that
the
Musquet
is
more
terrible
,
and
scareth
an
un-accustomed
man
,
more
then
the
Bowe
.
But
for
all
this
,
I
know
not
but
that
they
may
both
pass
in
Cameradeship
;
nor
do
I
know
(
all
things
considered
)
why
the
new
invention
of
the
Pike
and
Bowe
united
,
should
find
so
little
entertainment
amongst
us
as
it
hath
done
;
unless
it
be
,
that
now
adays
we
have
given
over
our
selves
to
take
up
all
things
upon
meer
trust
rather
then
reason
,
though
evidenced
by
demonstration
.
But
because
we
have
spoken
much
of
the
lining
of
Horse
with
Musqueteers
in
a
battel
,
it
may
well
be
expected
that
somewhat
should
be
said
touching
the
placing
and
ordering
of
these
Horse
:
and
of
this
I
find
the
common
and
usual
way
to
be
,
to
dispose
them
in
the
Wings
.
Thus
did
Alexander
at
his
passage
over
the
River
Granicus
,
as
Arrian
recordeth
,
(
lib.
2.
)
and
Curtius
(
lib.
3.
)
So
did
Antigonus
,
as
Diodorus
Siculus
hath
it
(
lib.
19.
)
And
so
Ptolomie
in
his
battel
against
Demetrius
,
as
the
same
Author
saith
in
the
same
Book
.
And
in
brief
,
all
the
Macedonians
and
Grecians
,
unless
some
especial
cause
urged
an
alteration
,
did
the
like
.
And
so
the
Romanes
also
,
since
them
.
And
indeed
so
it
hath
continued
almost
in
all
ages
,
even
to
this
.
Nevertheless
,
I
hold
it
not
amiss
,
upon
many
occasions
,
to
place
and
order
some
Troops
of
Horse
in
the
very
Rear
of
the
Army
;
provided
that
some
large
intervals
be
left
in
the
divisions
of
the
bodies
of
the
Foot
,
that
thorow
them
these
Horse
may
be
drawn
up
to
charge
,
when
need
requires
:
for
hereby
these
Horse
shall
both
be
shadowed
from
the
Enemies
sight
,
and
may
be
drawn
to
a
charge
in
any
part
of
the
Army
wheresoever
.
And
of
this
also
,
we
find
both
old
and
new
examples
;
as
of
old
in
the
War
between
the
Romanes
and
Spaniards
mentioned
by
Livie
(
Cecab.
3.
lib.
9.
)
wherein
the
Ausetanes
,
the
Illergetes
,
with
some
others
,
are
said
to
leave
broad
intervals
betwixt
the
Wings
and
the
middle
part
of
their
Battel
,
to
give
passage
to
their
Horse
to
come
up
to
all
charges
.
And
I
find
the
like
likewise
to
be
practised
by
the
King
of
Sweden
in
the
battel
of
Liptzwick
,
where
he
ordered
divers
Reserves
of
Horse
in
the
Rears
,
whence
they
were
drawn
up
,
and
did
very
good
service
,
towards
the
atchievement
of
that
famous
Victory
.
Sometimes
also
it
hath
been
found
,
that
the
Horse
have
been
ordered
in
the
Front
of
the
body
of
Pikes
.
But
I
believe
that
this
was
onely
done
when
that
side
did
much
exceed
the
other
in
number
and
strength
of
Horse
,
and
when
there
was
some
distrust
in
the
worth
of
the
Foot
.
As
in
that
battel
between
Eumenes
and
Craterus
,
mentioned
by
Plutarch
(
in
Vita
Eumenis
)
where
Eumenes
placing
the
Horse
before
his
Foot
,
did
it
(
saith
the
Author
)
because
he
held
them
the
prime
of
his
strength
;
and
therefore
put
upon
them
the
hazard
of
the
day
:
and
herein
shewed
himself
both
in
counsel
and
action
,
a
brave
and
well-experienced
General
.
As
for
the
best
forms
and
fashions
of
Horse-battels
,
the
most
ancient
,
and
then
the
most
common
,
was
that
of
a
Rhombe
.
And
this
was
in
special
account
with
the
Thessalians
,
(
witness
Aelian
,
cap.
18.
)
who
were
reckoned
for
the
best
Horsemen
of
Greece
,
(
as
Xenothon
reports
them
in
his
Hist.
Graec.
lib.
7.
644.
D.
)
and
held
that
account
to
the
time
of
King
Pyrrus
.
And
for
this
form
,
these
reasons
are
given
:
That
it
was
fittest
for
all
Encounters
,
because
the
Horse
thus
postured
,
were
ready
to
turn
Faces
about
any
way
,
upon
all
occasions
:
That
it
could
not
be
surprised
in
Flank
or
Rear
,
as
having
the
best
and
choice
men
in
the
Flank
,
and
the
Commanders
in
every
point
of
the
Rhombe
.
But
the
practice
of
our
days
consists
most
in
the
ordering
of
the
Horse
into
square
Bodies
.
And
the
grounds
hereof
are
,
That
these
forms
are
with
most
ease
and
facility
to
be
put
in
order
:
That
they
are
aptest
for
the
joynt
movings
of
the
Horse
:
And
that
the
Commanders
do
joyntly
charge
the
Enemy
in
the
Front
;
which
in
no
form
can
be
done
but
this
.
To
speak
freely
of
both
these
forms
,
I
opine
with
them
who
hold
that
the
Rhombe
in
point
of
piercing
,
and
artificial
breaking
into
the
battel
of
an
Army
,
is
the
most
proper
,
(
unless
perhaps
that
a
Wedge
be
in
the
same
case
to
be
preferred
;
)
for
being
narrow
and
pointed
in
the
Front
,
it
naturally
forceth
a
passage
with
the
point
,
and
withal
maketh
way
for
the
rest
of
the
Body
to
follow
;
and
so
without
much
ado
,
piercing
farther
and
farther
,
it
must
necessarily
hazard
the
breaking
of
the
adverse
Battel
,
and
so
disperse
it
,
that
afterwards
execution
may
be
done
at
pleasure
.
On
the
other
side
,
the
square
Horse-battel
in
respect
of
doing
execution
,
and
violent
overthrowing
of
all
in
its
way
,
is
to
be
preferred
before
any
other
;
for
it
bringeth
more
hands
to
fight
,
and
beareth
down
all
things
before
it
.
So
that
I
see
not
but
both
these
forms
of
Horse-battels
may
be
held
in
use
,
even
in
these
times
;
the
one
for
entrance
,
the
other
for
bearing
down
;
this
for
a
thorow
execution
,
that
for
a
dispersion
.
But
there
is
one
thing
more
in
the
ordering
of
Horse-battels
of
especial
observation
,
and
that
is
their
depth
;
of
which
Leo
his
opinion
was
(
cap.
12.
sect.
40.
)
that
a
Horse-battel
was
onely
to
be
four
in
depth
;
and
his
reasons
were
,
that
(
bearing
Lances
)
the
fifth
was
unprofitable
,
because
from
thence
their
Lances
could
not
reach
to
the
Front
;
neither
(
saith
he
)
can
Horse
(
as
Foot
)
with
their
thickness
or
depth
,
thrust
one
another
forwards
from
behind
;
and
therefore
in
his
opinion
,
the
number
of
four
was
sufficient
for
the
depth
in
File
.
And
yet
we
find
in
Polybius
,
that
the
Horse
was
for
the
most
part
in
his
time
,
ordered
eight
in
depth
.
But
this
was
in
the
Age
of
Lances
.
In
our
now
Pistol-world
,
I
finde
the
King
of
Swedens
Horse
which
were
ordered
in
the
Wings
of
the
Van
at
the
battel
of
Lipzwick
,
to
be
four
in
depth
:
And
those
that
were
in
the
Wings
of
the
Rear
,
to
be
five
in
depth
;
and
so
likewise
were
Tillies
Horse
.
In
the
battel
of
Lutzen
the
King
of
Swedens
Horse
were
in
no
place
above
three
in
depth
;
whereas
Walsteins
Horse
were
every
where
six
.
It
seems
therefore
,
that
there
can
be
no
certain
rule
touching
this
particular
;
but
that
it
must
be
varied
according
to
the
number
of
Horse
,
and
the
necessity
of
enlarging
the
fronts
:
so
that
Aelians
proportion
may
be
received
with
most
approbation
for
the
general
;
which
is
,
to
double
the
number
of
the
Front
,
to
the
number
of
the
Flank
;
and
as
the
number
of
the
Troop
ariseth
,
to
enlarge
the
length
of
the
Front
and
the
depth
of
the
Flank
proportionably
one
to
another
:
yet
would
I
not
have
it
to
exceed
the
number
of
eight
at
any
time
in
depth
,
nor
under
four
;
for
the
one
extream
loseth
the
fighting
of
some
hands
by
reason
of
their
over-depth
,
and
the
other
is
over-weak
to
sustain
any
great
shock
.
I
shall
add
one
thing
more
,
which
may
concern
both
Horse
and
Foot
,
concerning
words
of
Command
;
touching
which
,
I
find
,
that
it
was
the
ancient
use
,
(
witness
Polyen
.
lib.
4.217
.
sect.
2.
)
that
when
the
Horse
were
commanded
to
turn
to
the
right
hand
,
the
word
of
Command
was
,
Turn
to
the
Staff
;
that
is
,
to
that
side
where
the
Staff
or
Lance
was
then
carried
:
and
when
they
were
to
turn
to
the
left
hand
,
the
word
was
,
Turn
to
the
Reins
;
because
the
Reins
were
born
in
the
left
hand
.
And
so
to
the
Foot
,
the
words
of
Command
were
of
old
,
To
the
Pike
,
when
they
were
to
turn
to
the
right
hand
;
and
to
the
Target
,
when
they
were
to
turn
to
the
left
.
Now
the
present
words
of
Command
to
this
purpose
both
to
Horse
and
Foot
,
are
,
To
the
right
hand
,
To
the
left
hand
;
To
the
right
hand
about
,
To
the
left
hand
as
you
were
;
To
the
left
hand
about
,
To
the
right
hand
as
you
were
.
Touching
which
,
I
shall
onely
offer
it
to
the
consideration
of
our
present
Commanders
,
whether
it
were
not
safer
in
this
case
to
take
up
some
other
words
of
Command
,
then
those
that
are
now
in
use
.
And
this
in
regard
that
our
present
words
of
Command
,
To
the
right
hand
,
To
the
left
hand
,
are
subject
to
be
mistaken
,
as
being
of
too
alike
sound
,
and
may
very
well
be
taken
one
for
another
.
And
all
mistakes
of
this
kind
must
needs
be
very
disadvantagious
,
and
carry
with
them
much
of
peril
,
as
all
judicious
men
will
readily
confess
.
So
that
we
may
do
well
to
be
herein
presidented
by
our
Sea-men
,
who
in
their
Sea-words
of
Command
for
the
Condeing
of
a
Ship
,
use
not
to
say
Larboard
the
Helm
,
but
Port
the
Helm
,
when
they
would
have
it
to
be
put
to
the
left
side
of
the
Ship
;
lest
by
the
affinity
of
the
sound
,
it
should
be
taken
for
Star-board
the
Helm
,
which
is
to
have
it
to
be
put
on
the
contrary
side
,
and
that
in
many
cases
to
a
certain
ruine
.
And
this
also
may
be
the
better
perfected
by
Aelians
rule
,
that
the
particular
be
placed
first
;
as
to
say
to
the
Horse
,
To
the
right
hand
turn
your
Face
,
when
you
would
have
them
turn
to
the
right
hand
;
To
the
Reins
or
Sword
turn
your
Face
,
when
they
should
turn
to
the
left
hand
.
And
to
the
Foot
,
to
say
,
To
the
right
hand
turn
your
face
,
when
they
are
to
move
that
way
:
and
To
the
Sword
turn
your
faces
,
when
you
would
have
them
move
to
the
left
hand
.
As
for
the
words
,
Double
your
Files
,
or
Ranks
,
or
Length
,
or
Depth
:
The
doubling
of
the
length
is
to
be
used
,
either
to
over-wing
the
Enemy
,
or
to
avoid
the
over-winging
of
the
Enemy
;
or
else
to
make
the
fairer
shew
and
outside
of
an
Army
;
whereby
to
dis-hearten
the
Enemy
,
and
withal
to
deceive
him
.
The
doubling
of
the
Files
or
Depth
,
to
be
done
either
in
respect
of
the
straitness
and
narrowness
of
the
place
,
or
for
the
better
strengthening
of
the
battel
,
or
to
draw
an
Enemy
to
fight
when
you
have
the
advantage
of
him
.
And
thus
have
you
the
Genuine
uses
of
both
these
kinde
of
doublings
,
as
well
in
length
as
depth
;
wherein
,
nevertheless
,
due
heed
is
to
be
taken
,
that
in
doubling
of
the
Front
there
be
not
given
so
much
length
that
it
fail
in
its
due
depth
;
nor
so
much
depth
,
that
the
Front
be
over-narrowed
,
and
so
subject
to
be
environed
:
the
want
of
length
and
depth
in
an
ordered
Army
for
a
battel
,
being
equally
disadvantagious
and
reprovable
.
For
when
it
is
embattelled
over-shallow
,
it
can
endure
no
shock
;
when
over-deep
,
it
is
easily
encompassed
,
and
in
danger
to
be
utterly
ruined
that
way
.
To
comply
therefore
with
all
these
advantages
,
and
provide
against
the
defects
,
I
shall
describe
a
modern
form
of
embattelling
an
Army
for
a
fight
,
that
hath
received
a
very
general
approbation
,
and
deserves
as
general
an
imitation
.
And
it
is
in
this
manner
(
supposing
the
Army
to
consist
of
twenty
thousand
men
,
all
other
numbers
being
to
be
proportioned
accordingly
:
)
in
the
Front
of
the
Van
are
to
be
Wings
of
the
best
Troops
of
Horse
,
to
be
somewhat
advanced
before
the
main
Front
of
the
foot
of
the
Van
:
These
Horse
to
be
divided
into
several
maniples
or
small
bodies
,
and
the
Divisions
to
be
well
lined
with
Musqueteers
.
The
Van
of
the
Battel
or
Middle-Guard
to
be
ordered
into
four
Brigades
of
Pikes
and
Musqueteers
,
the
middle
Front
of
every
Brigade
being
to
be
somewhat
advanced
;
before
which
part
the
Artillery
is
to
be
placed
;
and
to
secure
it
,
three
divisions
of
Musqueteers
,
with
some
Troops
of
Horse
near
unto
them
,
are
to
be
ordered
immediately
behinde
these
four
Brigades
:
and
all
these
bodies
are
to
be
well
lined
with
Musqueteers
in
every
one
of
their
Divisions
:
and
for
a
strength
to
these
also
,
some
Cannons
may
be
placed
in
the
Rear
of
them
all
.
In
the
Rear
of
the
right
Wing
,
is
to
be
placed
rwelve
Troops
of
Horse
,
and
as
many
in
the
Rear
of
the
left
Wing
.
As
for
the
Rear
of
the
main
Battel
or
Middle-Guard
,
it
is
to
be
ordered
into
three
Brigades
of
Foot
;
the
which
are
to
serve
for
a
Reserve
of
that
Body
.
And
every
middle
Front
of
each
Brigade
to
be
somewhat
advanced
,
as
those
in
the
Van.
And
in
the
Rear
of
all
these
,
two
half
Regiments
of
Horse
,
of
five
Troops
apiece
.
Now
the
grounds
of
this
order
of
embattelling
of
an
Army
for
a
battel
,
are
these
:
That
every
part
of
it
consisting
thus
of
several
maniples
,
and
small
Bodies
,
if
any
one
of
them
should
happen
to
be
broken
,
yet
is
there
not
so
much
danger
any
thing
near
,
as
when
an
Army
is
ranged
into
great
Battalions
;
because
they
may
with
far
more
ease
(
by
reason
of
the
agility
of
their
motion
,
as
being
little
Bodies
,
and
the
small
piece
of
ground
which
they
take
up
to
move
in
)
be
restored
and
supplied
,
then
a
main
great
Body
can
possibly
be
.
Secondly
,
In
that
though
the
thinness
of
the
Files
(
which
are
said
to
be
at
the
best
,
when
they
are
not
above
six
in
depth
)
may
not
perhaps
be
able
to
endure
any
main
shock
or
force
;
yet
by
this
order
shall
more
hands
be
brought
up
to
fight
at
once
,
then
can
be
in
great
Bodies
;
and
shall
also
be
more
able
to
do
execution
on
the
sudden
.
Thirdly
,
In
that
in
this
order
every
part
so
fenceth
,
flankers
,
and
backs
one
another
,
and
is
so
apt
to
second
,
relieve
,
and
support
one
another
;
so
ready
either
to
send
out
supplies
,
or
to
receive
them
,
as
that
the
whole
Body
looks
like
some
Master-Piece
of
Fortification
;
and
indeed
,
becomes
so
,
having
(
as
it
were
)
its
Bastils
,
Towers
,
Bulworks
,
and
several
Retreats
.
So
that
though
many
several
and
individual
persons
may
chance
to
be
laid
on
the
ground
,
yet
shall
the
whole
order
be
preserved
from
being
dis-joynted
,
and
much
more
the
great
Body
of
the
Army
from
being
routed
.
Thus
I
have
laid
down
a
forme
of
ranging
an
Army
for
a
Battel
,
which
some
have
stiled
Admirable
.
And
yet
I
must
tell
you
,
that
it
hath
not
been
free
from
objections
;
and
those
made
by
some
old
Souldiers
,
or
at
the
least
,
Souldiers
of
elder
time
.
For
first
,
they
say
,
that
in
respect
that
private
Companies
cannot
hold
long
in
their
full
strength
and
due
numbers
,
being
in
the
Field
,
by
reason
of
sickness
,
slaughter
,
and
the
like
accidents
;
that
thus
to
order
an
Army
into
small
bodies
,
and
as
it
were
into
private
and
particular
Companies
by
themselves
,
their
Vollies
of
shot
can
neither
be
great
,
nor
the
harm
great
that
the
Enemy
shall
receive
by
them
.
But
to
this
it
may
be
answered
,
that
we
speak
not
here
of
the
ordering
of
particular
Companies
by
themselves
,
but
of
small
Bodies
made
up
of
private
Companies
,
as
cause
shall
require
:
so
that
though
it
be
true
that
the
strength
of
the
Army
may
be
weakned
by
these
accidents
of
death
,
or
otherwise
,
yet
the
divisions
may
stand
fast
and
full
:
Though
it
is
as
true
,
that
there
will
be
fewer
Divisions
;
which
makes
nothing
against
the
order
in
general
.
Secondly
,
these
Objectors
say
,
That
the
mixing
of
the
Shot
and
Pikes
together
in
distinct
Companies
,
weakneth
and
disableth
the
whole
Body
:
for
(
say
they
)
by
casting
off
the
Shot
in
this
manner
,
the
intervals
and
streets
are
made
so
empty
and
wide
,
that
the
Enemies
Horse
are
enabled
to
break
in
and
disorder
them
.
And
if
the
Shot
be
not
thus
cast
off
,
but
kept
close
,
and
so
made
to
discharge
in
Countermarch
,
they
are
hereby
apt
to
be
thronged
together
by
the
Pikes
;
and
the
distance
of
place
being
taken
from
them
,
the
use
of
their
weapons
also
must
needs
fail
them
,
and
so
all
come
to
ruine
.
But
to
this
Objection
also
it
may
be
answered
,
That
all
this
may
be
helped
by
the
uniting
of
these
bodies
into
one
,
as
shall
be
found
necessary
:
nor
need
these
Shot
be
so
removed
from
their
Body
of
Pikes
by
any
casting
off
,
but
that
they
may
be
reunited
with
ease
on
a
sudden
;
nor
shall
they
be
thronged
by
their
Pikes
,
or
deprived
of
their
distances
of
place
;
because
they
shall
not
need
(
holding
this
order
)
to
discharge
at
all
in
Countermarch
.
Thirdly
and
lastly
,
it
is
objected
against
this
foresaid
order
of
embattelling
an
Army
into
small
Bodies
,
that
in
what
manner
soever
the
Shot
be
employed
,
there
must
needs
be
a
weakness
in
the
Rear
,
so
that
the
Enemies
Horse
may
break
in
at
pleasure
.
But
to
this
it
is
again
replied
,
that
the
uniting
of
the
small
Divisions
being
carefully
observed
,
assureth
against
all
these
assaults
and
perils
:
And
that
all
these
objections
fall
rather
upon
the
embattelling
of
a
single
Regiment
,
then
the
forming
of
a
Battel
or
Army
made
up
of
ten
or
twenty
thousand
men
.
And
thus
much
of
the
ranging
and
ordering
of
Armies
for
a
fight
:
we
shall
in
the
ensuing
Chapter
give
some
Advertisement
touching
the
Dislodgings
,
Retreats
,
and
Entrenchments
of
a
Camp-Royal
.
CHAP.
IX
.
Observations
upon
the
certainty
of
Orders
for
dislodging
a
Camp
.
Of
Retreats
,
when
to
be
made
in
a
Campagne
,
and
when
to
be
made
in
narrows
:
How
to
be
ordered
,
and
the
Reasons
.
Of
an
Army
forced
to
lodge
in
open
Fields
.
Of
the
encamping
of
an
Army
.
Of
the
forms
of
Trenches
.
Of
Guards
due
to
Entrenchments
,
and
where
to
be
placed
.
Forms
of
Entrenchments
when
an
over-powerful
Enemy
is
very
near
.
BEing
in
this
Chapter
to
speak
of
the
Dislodgings
,
Retreats
,
and
Entrenchments
of
a
Camp-Royal
,
we
will
first
begin
with
the
first
of
them
.
An
Army
being
to
dislodge
,
and
the
General
having
given
notice
hereof
to
the
Lord
Marshal
;
he
the
Marshal
is
to
do
the
like
to
the
Quarter-master-General
,
and
the
Quarter-master
to
the
Provost-Marshal-General
,
and
he
to
the
Quartermasters
of
the
Regiments
,
and
they
to
the
Colonels
and
Captains
,
and
those
to
their
subordinate
Officers
,
who
are
to
warn
the
common
men
.
Now
in
the
first
place
the
Provost-Marshal-General
is
to
give
order
to
the
Provost-Marshals
of
the
Regiments
,
that
they
give
Command
to
the
Pioneers
,
Sucklers
,
and
the
rest
that
are
not
Souldiers
,
to
be
in
a
readiness
,
and
employ
themselves
in
the
filling
up
of
the
Trenches
that
they
are
to
forsake
,
and
in
the
firing
of
the
Quarters
(
and
this
to
be
done
whilest
the
whole
Camp
are
putting
themselves
into
their
Arms
;
)
that
so
nothing
may
remain
entire
,
to
give
relief
or
any
way
to
serve
the
Enemies
turn
after
they
are
forsaken
by
themselves
.
This
being
done
,
and
the
one
half
of
the
Scouts
sent
before
to
make
discoveries
,
that
Corner
or
Wing
of
the
Army
which
lay
next
to
the
Enemie
,
is
first
to
stir
,
seconded
by
the
Body
of
the
Vaunt-guard
.
Then
succeedeth
the
other
Wing
,
and
then
marcheth
the
Battel
,
followed
by
the
Artillery
and
Baggage
,
covered
with
the
Rear-guard
,
closed
with
Troops
of
Horse
,
serving
withal
as
Scouts
to
the
Army
,
and
to
beat
up
Stragglers
.
This
hath
been
received
for
a
general
order
of
dislodgings
.
But
surely
this
cannot
be
so
precisely
and
punctually
observed
,
but
may
and
must
suffer
alterations
according
to
the
quality
and
condition
of
the
Country
and
Ground
that
the
dislodging
is
to
be
made
in
:
for
hereby
an
Army
may
sometimes
be
forced
to
march
in
broken
ranks
,
at
another
time
have
liberty
to
do
it
in
an
entire
body
;
neither
can
the
place
of
the
Baggage
be
so
ascertained
to
be
either
before
or
after
the
Middle-guard
,
but
that
in
some
cases
it
may
better
be
ordered
in
the
Flank
of
the
Army
:
provided
that
that
Flank
be
the
securest
part
:
for
the
place
of
most
security
is
always
the
most
proper
for
the
placing
the
impediments
.
And
thus
much
touching
dislodgings
of
an
Army
.
As
for
the
ordering
of
Retreats
,
it
is
to
be
done
in
Battalia
if
the
ground
will
allow
it
,
when
the
Enemy
is
in
sight
,
and
in
Front
.
And
in
the
first
place
the
Rear
is
to
march
off
;
and
whilest
they
turn
faces
about
from
the
Enemy
,
the
Van
and
Battel
are
to
stand
their
ground
,
as
ready
to
receive
all
charges
.
This
done
,
the
Battel
or
Middle-guard
is
to
move
,
and
in
all
points
to
observe
the
orders
and
manner
fore-practised
by
the
Rear
:
and
in
the
mean
time
the
Van
to
make
a
stand
;
and
when
the
Rear
and
Middle-guard
have
again
made
Alt
,
the
Van
it self
is
to
retreat
,
and
to
have
the
Wings
of
the
Horse
at
the
same
time
to
move
and
flank
with
it
.
And
lest
the
Enemy
should
charge
upon
the
Rear
,
some
numbers
of
Musqueteers
,
with
some
Cornets
of
Horse
,
are
to
man
it
.
And
thus
may
a
whole
Army
maintain
and
continue
a
Retreat
,
so
long
as
the
Enemy
shall
continue
in
a
pursuit
,
and
the
ground
be
a
Champian
.
But
if
an
Army
in
the
retreat
,
the
Enemy
following
,
be
to
pass
through
any
narrows
,
as
upon
Dikes
,
thorow
Lanes
,
over
Bridges
;
in
this
case
,
assoon
as
any
considerable
part
of
the
Foot
is
entered
any
of
these
streights
,
the
Horse
are
to
pass
in
the
Rear
of
that
first
Division
:
and
in
the
room
whence
these
Horse
departed
,
a
strong
stand
of
Pikes
well
flanked
with
Musqueteers
are
to
make
it
good
against
the
Enemies
Horse
,
and
to
stand
firm
and
keep
their
ground
.
And
for
the
bringing
off
of
these
Pikes
and
Shot
,
it
will
be
necessary
that
some
Brest-work
,
or
half
Moon
,
or
both
,
be
cast
up
at
the
point
of
the
entrance
upon
the
narrow
,
wherein
Musqueteers
are
to
be
lodged
;
and
if
cause
require
,
some
small
Field-pieces
,
as
Drakes
or
the
like
,
to
beat
upon
the
Enemy
at
his
approach
,
and
make
good
the
entrance
.
The
which
small
Pieces
may
be
brought
off
upon
the
Narrow
in
the
Rear
of
all
,
upon
their
proper
Carriages
,
with
their
muzzles
towards
the
Enemy
,
and
upon
all
occasions
to
be
guarded
and
secured
by
the
Pikes
,
in
whose
Rear
they
retreat
.
Now
the
grounds
and
motives
of
this
Order
,
are
,
That
though
during
a
retreat
in
a
champian
and
open
ground
,
the
Horse
may
be
ordered
to
come
up
and
retreat
in
the
Rear
;
because
with
a
small
wheeling
about
,
they
may
advantagiously
charge
the
Enemies
Horse
in
Flank
,
if
they
should
attempt
to
fall
on
upon
that
Rear
;
and
the
Rear
of
the
Foot
also
,
with
faces
about
,
may
the
whilest
receive
the
Enemies
charge
with
the
Body
of
their
Pikes
,
and
gall
them
with
the
Shot
wherewith
they
are
lined
:
Yet
when
an
Army
is
to
pass
in
any
streight
,
these
Horse
shall
then
best
secure
themselves
by
wheeling
about
into
that
Rear
of
the
Division
of
Foot
which
hath
first
entered
upon
that
streight
;
for
hereby
a
stand
or
alt
may
be
made
good
against
the
charge
of
the
Enemies
Horse
by
the
rest
of
the
Pikes
which
are
not
entered
upon
the
streight
;
and
these
Pikes
brought
off
under
the
favour
of
the
Field-pieces
and
Musqueteers
in
the
half
Moon
,
and
behind
the
Brest-work
formerly
mentioned
;
and
they
themselves
brought
off
under
the
protection
of
the
last
Rear
of
Pikes
,
and
the
Drakes
,
or
Field-pieces
in
the
Rear
of
them
;
to
be
secured
partly
by
their
own
beating
upon
the
Enemy
as
they
retreat
,
and
partly
by
the
last
Reserve
of
Pikes
and
Shot
,
when
he
chargeth
home
.
And
the
want
of
the
making
use
of
this
order
in
our
retreat
at
the
Island
of
Rey
,
was
the
visible
cause
of
our
miscarrying
in
it
.
For
all
the
while
we
marched
in
open
ground
,
though
all
our
Horse
retreated
in
the
Rear
of
our
Foot
,
and
the
Enemy
both
in
Horse
and
Foot
doubled
our
number
,
yet
meddled
they
not
with
us
,
but
made
alt
when
we
did
,
and
marched
when
we
did
.
But
our
Forces
being
got
up
to
the
narrow
of
the
Dike
betwixt
the
Salt
Pans
,
and
our
Van
and
Middle-guard
well
entered
upon
the
Dike
,
and
the
Front
of
our
Rear
so
close
up
with
them
,
that
our
Horse
could
not
wheel
to
put
themselves
betwixt
the
Rear
of
them
,
and
the
Front
of
our
Rear
;
the
Enemie
did
then
furiously
,
French-like
,
charge
with
their
Horse
upon
ours
,
and
being
by
far
the
greater
number
,
instantly
routed
them
:
forcing
such
of
our
Horse
as
sought
their
safety
by
flight
,
to
break
in
upon
our
own
Foot
,
to
their
utter
disorder
;
and
the
rest
of
our
Horse
,
that
could
not
do
so
,
were
all
either
taken
or
slain
.
The
execution
likewise
upon
our
Foot
became
hereby
very
great
;
and
the
greater
,
by
reason
that
there
were
no
kindes
of
Works
cast
up
to
command
the
entrance
of
the
passage
upon
the
Dike
:
So
that
the
Enemy
was
emboldned
to
charge
home
all
alongst
the
way
of
our
march
,
upon
the
very
Dike
it self
,
even
to
the
very
Bridge
that
we
were
to
pass
over
;
where
also
,
by
reason
of
the
improvidence
in
making
it
without
rails
on
the
sides
,
our
men
in
the
haste
and
terrour
of
their
disorder
,
thrust
one
another
into
a
Creek
of
the
Sea
,
and
were
there
smothered
in
the
water
and
mud
.
And
here
it
was
that
we
lost
the
most
and
best
of
our
men
.
Now
because
in
these
Retreats
it
may
fall
out
,
even
with
the
most
provident
Generals
,
that
an
Army
may
be
forced
to
lie
and
lodge
in
the
open
Field
very
near
unto
an
Enemy
;
it
will
not
be
amiss
to
propound
some
courses
touching
this
particular
.
And
in
this
case
it
hath
been
practised
,
that
every
Regiment
should
lie
down
and
lodge
in
the
very
same
order
that
they
marched
all
the
day
before
,
with
all
their
Arms
by
them
:
the
Pikes
to
stick
up
an
end
close
by
the
bearers
as
they
lay
;
and
every
Rot
or
File
(
that
is
,
every
six
)
of
Musqueteers
,
to
bring
their
Musquets
to
their
Rot-masters
or
leaders
of
their
File
,
who
were
to
see
them
set
with
their
mouths
upright
,
and
so
bound
together
with
a
piece
of
Match
,
that
they
might
stand
ready
at
hand
upon
all
alarms
.
As
for
the
person
of
the
General
himself
,
and
the
Officers
of
the
Field
,
they
were
to
bestow
themselves
in
their
Coaches
,
or
the
like
;
and
the
private
Captains
to
make
use
of
such
kinde
of
frames
of
wood
as
in
the
Low-Countries
are
termed
Horses
,
being
very
proper
for
that
purpose
;
and
of
which
,
it
is
good
for
every
Captain
to
have
one
.
Touching
the
Horse-Regiments
,
every
man
was
to
ease
himself
and
his
Horse
,
by
alighting
,
and
resting
himself
on
the
ground
,
and
by
feeding
his
Horse
near
unto
him
:
And
in
this
posture
to
take
repast
and
sleep
;
and
so
to
attend
the
light
of
the
ensuing
morn
,
for
the
pursuance
of
their
intended
retreat
.
And
thus
having
given
some
notes
touching
the
Dislodgings
and
Retreats
of
an
Army
,
we
will
finish
this
Chapter
with
some
Rules
touching
Incampings
.
In
these
Incampings
the
General
Quarter-master
is
especially
to
observe
these
particulars
following
:
That
friends
(
as
near
as
may
be
)
be
lodged
by
friends
;
and
this
as
well
for
preventing
of
tumults
,
as
the
faithful
seconding
one
of
another
:
That
such
Horse
as
are
most
unready
and
unfit
for
sudden
occasions
,
be
covered
with
Foot
for
three
parts
of
them
at
least
:
That
no
impediments
,
as
Merchants
,
Victuallers
,
Artificers
,
be
lodged
amongst
the
Souldiers
:
and
That
the
Camp
be
well
entrenched
.
And
because
an
Army
,
be
it
never
so
well
entrenched
,
lying
thus
,
will
be
forced
to
send
Forragers
abroad
,
it
is
a
necessary
Providence
,
(
and
especially
if
the
Enemy
be
any
thing
near
)
that
some
convenient
number
of
Troops
do
by
turns
stand
by
their
Arms
,
that
they
be
always
ready
to
answer
all
alarms
:
which
is
greatly
furthered
,
and
a
Rescue
the
sooner
and
with
less
dismay
performed
,
when
some
Captains
are
thus
found
always
in
point
,
and
ready
to
march
at
the
first
word
of
Command
.
And
hereof
we
have
a
punctual
example
at
Caesars
first
landing
in
this
our
Island
.
For
he
having
received
a
great
loss
in
his
Shipping
by
a
Tempest
,
the
which
encouraged
the
Britains
so
much
the
more
to
oppose
him
;
the
which
himself
also
suspecting
,
he
caused
his
Army
to
be
strongly
entrenched
:
And
sending
out
one
of
his
Legions
in
its
turn
to
fetch
in
Corn
,
the
Enemy
on
a
sudden
assaulted
it
;
the
which
being
discovered
by
an
unusual
dust
,
Caesar
instantly
took
two
Cohorts
(
which
might
amount
to
the
number
of
720
men
)
which
were
in
station
before
the
Ports
of
the
Camp
(
commanding
that
other
two
should
supply
their
places
)
and
led
them
on
to
the
succour
of
the
Legion
that
was
abroad
;
the
which
he
found
in
a
dangerous
fight
with
the
Enemy
:
And
without
this
oportune
supply
,
had
in
all
likelyhood
been
cut
off
;
and
was
thus
relieved
.
As
for
the
Forms
of
Trenches
,
they
are
to
be
regulated
,
either
by
the
advantage
or
disadvantage
of
the
site
.
Their
flanks
are
to
be
distanced
about
seventy
Paces
one
from
another
;
Their
depth
,
bredth
,
and
heighth
,
according
to
the
time
and
intention
of
stay
in
that
place
,
and
the
expectance
of
an
Enemy
:
In
them
entrances
or
passages
are
to
be
laid
out
for
Horse
,
Foot
,
and
Carriages
:
And
to
be
covered
with
Ravelins
without
,
and
Bars
within
.
And
these
Trenches
are
to
be
furnished
with
convenient
Artillery
,
so
ordered
and
mounted
,
that
being
well
flanked
,
they
may
command
the
Campagna
round
about
.
And
besides
all
this
,
the
Camp
is
to
be
secured
by
strong
and
vigilant
Guards
;
some
whereof
are
the
main
Guards
;
the
rest
the
pettie
Guards
.
One
main-Guard
is
to
be
near
the
Generals
Quarter
,
and
the
Commander
thereof
is
stiled
,
The
Captain
General
of
the
Watch.
Another
main-Guard
is
to
be
in
every
Regiment
,
which
hath
likewise
its
Captain
;
by
whom
the
Rounds
are
laid
out
,
and
the
Rounders
sent
abroad
to
visit
the
Guards
of
the
Companies
:
and
out
of
the
Main-guard
by
the
Generals
Lodging
,
the
Rounders
are
taken
out
to
visit
all
the
petty
Guards
.
And
because
it
may
be
dangerous
when
in
one
Discipline
two
Rounds
meet
in
their
Circuit
,
that
they
which
speak
first
in
taking
the
Word
of
the
other
,
may
hereby
help
the
Enemie
to
rob
the
Word
;
To
prevent
it
,
it
hath
by
some
been
thought
a
provident
course
,
that
the
two
elder
Rounders
should
make
an
exchange
of
their
Companions
,
and
so
proceed
to
finish
their
Circuit
without
giving
or
taking
the
word
of
any
Round
at
all
.
The
which
I
onely
offer
to
our
present
Commanders
to
take
into
their
consideration
.
As
for
the
petty
Guards
,
they
are
of
two
sorts
:
for
either
they
consist
of
many
persons
,
and
are
then
termed
a
Corps
du
Guard
;
or
of
one
single
man
,
who
is
called
a
Centinel
.
A
Corps
du
Guard
may
either
be
of
Horse
(
which
is
a
Guard
without
the
entrenchments
of
the
Camp
)
or
of
Foot
,
who
watch
within
,
before
or
at
the
Ports
of
the
Trenches
,
or
any
where
else
where
the
Serjeant-Major
shall
hold
it
fit
.
In
the
setting
out
of
the
Centinels
,
it
is
to
be
observed
that
they
be
not
placed
over-far
from
any
Corps
du
Guard
,
lest
by
being
surprized
by
an
Enemy
,
the
secrets
of
the
Army
be
discovered
.
And
because
it
cannot
chuse
but
be
full
of
hazard
,
and
subject
to
many
casualties
,
for
an
Army
to
be
brought
up
any
thing
near
to
an
over-powerful
Enemy
;
a
General
being
to
be
exceeding
circumspect
,
and
sure
of
some
advantage
also
,
either
by
the
place
,
or
his
own
virtue
that
shall
adventure
to
do
it
:
If
nevertheless
necessity
force
hereunto
,
it
is
a
fit
course
for
such
an
Army
to
encamp
and
entrench
it self
round
about
some
good
Town
being
to
friend
,
especially
if
that
Town
be
withal
a
place
of
a
pass
,
and
by
its
situation
and
vicinitie
unto
some
other
parts
in
amity
with
it
,
any
other
way
advantagious
;
for
by
this
means
both
the
Army
and
the
Town
may
be
well
secured
,
and
by
the
pass
both
of
them
continually
supplied
with
Victual
and
Munition
.
As
touching
the
fashion
and
form
of
the
entrenchments
to
be
practised
in
this
case
:
In
the
first
place
the
ground
and
circumvallation
of
the
utmost
lines
are
to
be
well
viewed
and
considered
,
whether
it
be
capable
for
the
whole
Army
to
lodge
in
.
And
all
such
higher
grounds
or
hills
as
are
any
way
near
unto
this
circumvallation
,
are
to
be
taken
in
and
included
,
to
prevent
the
Enemy
from
planting
his
Cannon
upon
them
,
and
so
to
beat
upon
the
Leaguer
,
or
into
the
Town
.
These
entrenchments
also
are
to
be
conveniently
stored
with
Bastions
,
and
guarded
with
Flanks
.
And
if
there
be
any
River
passing
thorough
the
part
,
both
sides
thereof
are
to
be
commanded
and
well
secured
with
Forts
,
or
at
the
least
Bastions
:
And
(
if
it
may
be
)
the
whole
Work
to
be
joined
to
some
Fort
erected
within
the
Town
it self
,
or
at
the
least
some
Suburb
thereof
.
And
all
these
to
be
well
defended
with
half-Moons
and
Horn-Works
:
The
Suburbs
themselves
likewise
(
especially
those
that
lie
most
in
the
Enemies
way
of
approaches
)
being
to
be
entrenched
and
guarded
with
some
Works
answering
one
unto
another
,
and
joining
one
upon
another
.
The
main
High-ways
also
leading
unto
the
Town
are
to
be
secured
by
some
Forts
,
and
some
Batteries
to
be
erected
here
and
there
between
them
,
furnished
with
good
Ordnance
to
play
upon
all
the
Avenues
of
the
Enemy
.
As
for
the
Graft
or
Moat
encompassing
the
whole
circumvallation
of
the
Trenches
,
it
ought
to
be
twelve
Foot
in
the
bredth
,
and
eight
in
depth
;
and
at
the
head-Works
,
eighteen
feet
in
wideness
,
and
twelve
deep
.
And
thus
much
concerning
the
Incampings
,
Quarterings
,
and
Entrenchments
of
an
Army
;
purposely
omitting
the
ordinary
ways
of
lodging
a
particular
Regiment
;
which
is
onely
the
diminutive
of
the
other
,
and
after
the
common
way
commonly
known
.
And
thus
we
conclude
our
second
Book
.
A
DISCOURSE
OF
The
Requisites
in
making
of
a
War
by
Land
.
BOOK
III.
Of
Discipline
.
CHAP.
I.
Of
considerations
to
be
taken
before
the
entrance
into
a
War
,
in
point
of
Strength
,
Treasure
,
Country
,
Shipping
;
also
in
point
of
confederations
,
and
the
true
justness
of
the
War
.
Considerations
to
be
taken
in
a
defensive
War
.
How
a
defensive
War
may
be
best-made
and
maintained
.
WE
are
in
this
third
Book
(
according
to
our
Method
propounded
at
the
first
)
to
give
some
Animadversions
about
the
third
Necessary
requirable
in
the
making
of
a
War
;
which
consisteth
of
matter
of
Counsel
,
Advice
,
Stratagems
,
and
Martial
Courts
.
Touching
which
,
in
regard
of
their
variety
,
and
the
answerable
dependants
,
I
shall
onely
speak
of
such
as
may
afford
the
most
general
use
,
and
be
most
properly
drawn
into
imitation
.
And
in
the
first
place
I
shall
begin
with
some
considerations
needful
to
be
taken
before
the
War
be
entered
upon
.
The
Attempters
of
a
War
are
therefore
to
deliberate
concerning
both
their
own
Forces
,
and
those
they
are
to
deal
with
.
They
are
diligently
to
inform
themselves
of
their
Enemies
Treasures
as
well
as
their
own
;
how
raised
,
how
maintained
:
and
chiefly
they
are
to
consult
by
what
means
he
may
be
deprived
of
them
,
or
of
any
part
of
them
;
and
thereby
weakned
in
those
main
sinews
of
Military
strength
.
The
Enemies
Militia
as
well
by
Sea
as
by
Land
,
is
likewise
to
be
enquired
into
.
And
herein
notice
is
to
be
gotten
not
onely
of
the
number
and
value
of
his
Shipping
and
Boats
,
but
of
his
Mariners
and
Sea-Commanders
:
and
concerning
his
Land-force
,
what
numbers
of
Horse
and
Foot
he
is
able
to
bring
into
the
Field
;
how
armed
,
how
disciplined
,
of
what
confidence
and
spirit
;
and
to
what
Climate
and
Country
enured
,
and
how
bred
and
brought
up
.
Diligent
and
heedful
enquiries
are
also
to
be
made
of
what
condition
the
Enemies
Country
is
that
is
to
be
invaded
:
As
,
whether
it
be
strong
by
Nature
,
by
reason
of
Woods
,
Mountams
,
Seas
,
Lakes
,
Rivers
,
Marishes
;
or
artificially
strong
,
by
Forts
,
Castles
,
and
strong
Towns
:
of
all
which
,
the
number
,
the
site
,
the
quantity
of
Munition
,
the
number
of
the
Defendants
in
every
strength
,
and
whether
they
be
strong
by
Nature
or
by
Art
,
or
by
both
,
or
by
neither
,
are
as
much
as
may
be
to
be
known
beforehand
;
that
so
the
preparations
may
be
made
accordingly
.
All
these
particular
discoveries
being
thorowly
made
upon
those
who
are
to
be
invaded
,
no
less
diligence
is
to
be
used
by
the
Invader
concerning
his
own
preparations
;
and
especially
in
Monies
,
Munition
,
and
Victual
.
And
he
may
be
said
to
be
well
provided
in
the
point
of
Victuals
,
when
neither
his
Army
in
the
Field
need
complain
of
scarcity
,
nor
his
Towns
and
Forts
remain
disfurnished
.
And
of
Munition
,
when
he
hath
not
onely
a
sufficiencie
of
great
Guns
for
the
Field
,
Sea
,
Batteries
and
Forts
;
but
also
Armour
of
all
usual
kindes
,
with
the
Utensils
due
to
a
War
,
as
Powder
,
Fire-works
,
Match
,
Engines
,
Balls
,
Gabions
,
Carriages
,
Beasts
for
draught
and
labour
,
Bridges
,
Ladders
,
Planks
,
Spades
,
Shovels
,
Axes
,
Sacks
,
Baskets
,
Timber
,
Cables
,
Ropes
,
Handmills
,
&c.
But
besides
all
these
,
fit
and
provident
confederations
are
to
be
made
with
all
such
foreign
Princes
and
States
as
may
either
assist
or
hinder
the
War
;
either
for
Benefit
,
or
Traffique
,
or
for
States-sake
,
or
for
necessity
of
dependance
,
or
for
alliance
and
consanguinitie
.
For
these
considerations
being
duly
observed
and
provided
for
,
the
difficulties
will
prove
less
,
either
for
the
maintenance
of
the
War
,
or
the
making
of
a
Peace
,
as
occasion
shall
at
any
time
be
presented
.
The
Justice
likewise
of
the
War
ought
to
be
divulged
;
and
that
for
a
satisfaction
as
well
to
the
natural
Subjects
,
as
the
neighbour-nations
.
And
this
may
be
done
by
a
publication
of
the
original
causes
:
that
War
being
to
be
allowed
for
Just
,
which
is
(
indeed
,
without
false
pretences
)
made
for
the
true
Religion
,
for
just
Liberties
,
for
repelling
of
publick
wrongs
by
a
foreign
State
after
refusals
of
redresses
,
in
defence
of
Friends
violently
and
injuriously
oppressed
:
And
that
War
Un
just
,
which
is
taken
up
for
private
Ends
,
Ambition
,
Revenge
and
Empire
.
As
touching
such
Invasions
as
are
to
be
attempted
by
Sea
and
Shipping
;
whosoever
intends
them
,
is
to
assure
himself
beforehand
of
some
commodious
and
sure
Landing-places
,
that
neither
the
Ships
suffer
wrack
or
eminent
danger
in
approaching
the
coast
,
nor
the
Souldiers
incur
manifest
hazard
at
their
dis-imbarqueing
.
And
of
the
same
importance
is
the
fore-casting
of
a
safe
place
of
retreat
;
if
peradventure
the
Army
should
be
repelled
by
extremity
of
weather
,
contagion
of
sickness
,
or
the
strength
of
the
Enemie
.
And
thus
far
concerning
such
considerations
and
Counsels
as
are
aforehand
to
be
taken
in
point
of
an
Invasive
War
.
As
for
such
as
are
to
be
practised
in
a
War
Defensive
,
(
though
the
surest
Defence
is
Offence
)
yet
such
as
are
forced
unto
it
,
are
by
all
means
to
assure
themselves
of
their
neighbours
by
Leagues
,
or
by
provision
of
Treasure
to
defray
all
charges
,
or
by
an
Army
so
governed
by
discretion
,
that
no
fight
be
admitted
in
heat
and
rashness
;
and
yet
so
avoided
,
that
the
Army
may
not
seem
to
forbear
the
battel
for
fear
(
which
may
utterly
discourage
the
common
Souldier
,
or
encourage
the
Enemy
)
but
rather
as
done
out
of
policie
.
And
withal
,
that
the
Country
be
on
all
sides
wasted
where
the
Enemy
is
to
pass
;
so
that
nothing
may
be
found
for
him
to
make
use
of
.
And
in
the
interim
,
the
defensive
Army
to
be
commodiously
entrenched
,
having
withal
a
guard
upon
the
Enemies
Army
on
all
sides
;
that
no
relief
,
or
as
little
as
may
be
,
may
be
brought
unto
it
.
This
defensive
War
may
also
be
maintained
by
the
erecting
of
Forts
,
and
the
fortifying
of
Towns
:
for
hereby
the
Defendants
may
not
onely
secure
their
lives
from
all
sudden
irruptions
,
and
keep
short
the
Enemy
from
relief
,
but
defer
battels
at
pleasure
,
and
thereby
abate
the
Enemies
heat
and
pride
.
As
for
the
parts
where
these
Fortifications
are
to
be
raised
,
they
are
those
which
may
give
the
most
impediment
to
the
Enemies
attempts
,
and
most
security
to
the
Defendants
;
as
upon
the
Sea-coasts
,
the
Ports
and
Landing
places
:
and
in
the
Mid-land
parts
,
upon
Narrows
,
and
streight
passages
,
and
the
Capital
Cities
.
And
these
Forts
are
not
to
be
so
great
,
but
that
they
may
be
manned
and
furnished
,
as
well
with
Munition
as
Men
,
without
the
weakning
of
the
main
Army
in
the
field
;
nor
to
be
so
small
,
but
to
be
sufficiently
capacious
to
receive
the
Peasants
,
and
the
best
of
their
substance
,
in
case
of
necessity
.
CHAP.
II.
Of
a
Defensive
War
,
how
best
made
and
maintained
.
That
when
a
Victory
may
be
gained
without
blows
,
a
Battel
is
not
to
be
admitted
.
How
Troops
suspected
either
for
courage
or
Loyalty
,
are
to
be
ordered
in
Battel
.
What
part
of
the
Enemies
Army
is
first
to
be
charged
.
Requisite
considerations
in
and
after
battel
.
IN
the
foregoing
Chapter
(
occasionally
onely
)
we
made
some
mention
touching
the
avoiding
of
Battels
in
case
of
a
defensive
War
.
But
in
this
,
we
shall
enlarge
our
advertisements
concerning
that
particular
.
It
hath
been
always
a
sure
maxime
of
War
,
that
whensoever
by
foresight
well
grounded
,
Victory
cometh
towards
one
without
blows
,
or
wounds
;
as
either
by
blocking
up
the
passages
,
and
so
cutting
off
all
supplies
,
or
by
any
the
like
means
;
that
in
such
cases
an
Enemie
is
not
to
be
assaulted
,
nor
admitted
to
the
terms
of
a
Battel
:
for
it
sutes
better
with
the
worth
of
the
spirit
,
and
the
essence
of
our
nature
,
so
to
direct
the
course
of
an
action
,
that
an
Enemy
may
be
conquered
rather
by
Wit
then
War
.
And
hereof
we
have
an
example
in
Caesars
Commentaries
:
where
Caesar
having
shut
up
Afranius
and
Petreius
in
a
place
of
advantage
,
although
he
might
have
cut
them
to
pieces
by
an
assault
,
yet
finding
the
Victory
sure
without
a
fight
,
without
blood
,
and
without
hazard
;
he
thus
answered
his
Captains
who
urged
him
to
storm
them
,
Cur
secundo
Praelio
aliquos
ex
suis
amitteret
?
Cur
vulnerari
pateretur
,
optime
de
se
meritos
milites
?
Cur
denique
fortunam
periclitaretur
?
And
indeed
,
before
the
falling
upon
a
battel
at
any
time
,
these
following
particulars
are
constantly
to
be
received
:
That
a
view
be
taken
of
the
strength
of
the
Army
,
and
impartially
compared
with
that
of
the
Enemie
.
That
the
place
of
Battel
be
near
some
safe
Retreat
,
either
of
a
Camp
well
entrenched
,
and
sufficiently
left
with
Guards
;
or
some
Town
of
defence
near
,
to
friend
.
That
all
courses
be
taken
to
give
courage
and
confidence
to
the
Souldiers
;
either
by
some
fit
applied
words
of
exhortation
,
or
by
some
incouraging
stratagems
,
or
by
shews
of
contempt
of
the
Enemies
strength
,
or
augmentation
of
his
own
,
or
by
making
shew
of
some
secret
intelligence
from
the
Enemies
Camp
,
or
reporting
some
rumours
of
their
fears
and
diffidence
.
That
in
the
ordering
of
the
Army
to
the
Battel
,
the
Enemies
order
be
heedfully
observed
;
as
also
the
site
and
form
of
the
place
and
ground
where
the
Battel
is
to
be
fought
:
to
which
an
answerable
accommodation
is
in
every
respect
to
be
observed
,
as
well
in
relation
to
the
form
as
number
of
Divisions
:
as
also
for
the
ordering
of
the
Artillery
to
the
best
use
,
and
most
annoyance
of
the
Enemie
.
And
if
there
be
any
new
Troops
that
may
be
suspected
in
their
worth
,
and
especially
loyalty
;
That
they
be
placed
rather
in
the
Battel
,
or
Middle-Guard
it self
,
then
any
of
the
Wings
:
for
being
thus
ordered
,
they
shall
neither
be
so
put
to
it
in
point
of
courage
,
if
they
be
wanting
that
way
;
nor
can
they
find
means
or
scope
to
fling
out
,
or
to
take
advantage
to
a
mischief
,
as
if
they
were
ordered
in
the
Wings
:
for
the
Wings
in
a
set
Battel
,
are
the
strength
of
it
,
and
the
principal
instruments
;
and
it
hath
ever
been
found
,
that
as
long
as
they
stand
firm
,
the
day
stands
fair
:
for
by
them
the
Enemy
is
kept
from
surrounding
the
main
body
of
the
Army
.
And
the
same
Army
in
the
mean
time
hath
the
advantage
of
charging
the
Enemie
in
the
Flank
upon
all
occasions
and
oportunities
.
Consideration
is
also
to
be
had
,
whether
it
be
for
the
advantage
to
charge
,
or
to
attend
the
charge
.
If
to
charge
(
which
is
most
approvable
in
an
open
Country
)
that
then
it
be
performed
with
the
whole
Front
at
once
,
rather
then
by
light
skirmishes
in
the
Wings
and
Corners
;
lest
such
of
these
as
may
chance
to
be
rebutted
upon
the
Main-Vant-guard
,
strike
a
terrour
,
and
perhaps
disorder
through
the
whole
body
of
the
Army
:
of
which
there
have
been
infinite
examples
.
An
especial
observation
is
likewise
to
be
made
touching
the
part
of
the
Enemies
Army
which
is
first
to
be
charged
.
With
the
Ancients
and
many
of
the
Moderns
it
was
a
Maxime
,
that
it
was
to
be
the
weakest
part
.
And
this
was
practised
by
Caesar
in
his
first
Battel
with
Arionistus
,
and
by
Scipio
in
Spain
.
And
the
motives
hereunto
seem
to
be
,
in
regard
that
mens
judgments
are
favourable
to
that
which
happens
well
at
the
first
;
the
sequel
of
every
action
depending
for
the
most
part
upon
the
beginning
;
neither
can
there
be
a
good
end
without
a
good
beginning
:
for
though
a
beginning
be
often
disastrous
and
unlucky
,
and
the
end
fortunate
and
happy
,
yet
before
it
came
to
that
end
,
there
was
a
fortunate
beginning
.
And
therefore
that
an
Army
might
foresee
a
happy
end
in
a
good
beginning
,
it
was
the
ground
of
this
Maxime
,
that
the
beginning
of
the
assault
should
be
with
the
best
of
the
Army
upon
the
weakest
part
of
the
Enemy
.
And
yet
contrary
to
this
Axiome
,
that
absolute
and
glorious
Souldier
,
the
brave
King
of
Sweden
,
in
the
battel
of
Lutzen
,
gave
order
to
have
the
strongest
part
of
the
Enemies
Battel
to
be
first
charged
.
For
seeing
the
Cuirassiers
of
the
Enemies
Horse
in
one
Division
by
themselves
in
the
Front
,
and
the
Crabrats
the
light-armed
in
another
;
Charge
home
(
saith
he
to
one
of
his
prime
Commanders
)
these
black
companions
in
their
compleat
Arms
,
for
these
are
they
will
put
us
to
it
;
as
for
the
Crabrats
,
I
care
not
for
them
.
By
which
it
is
manifest
,
that
the
ground
of
this
his
direction
was
,
that
the
flower
of
the
Enemies
Army
being
well
put
to
it
at
the
first
(
and
this
was
likeliest
to
be
done
best
,
when
his
men
were
at
the
freshest
)
if
they
should
once
be
routed
,
it
would
not
onely
occasion
a
dismay
to
the
part
where
they
were
,
but
leave
an
easier
task
for
the
routing
of
all
the
rest
behind
.
Neither
for
my
part
do
I
find
less
reason
for
this
,
then
the
Ancients
and
the
others
did
for
their
practice
.
Lastly
,
Care
is
to
be
taken
before
the
charge
be
given
,
that
a
Watch-word
,
or
rather
some
particular
signe
and
visible
token
,
or
both
the
one
and
other
,
be
imparted
to
the
whole
Army
,
that
in
all
medlies
they
may
be
known
one
to
another
,
and
distinguished
from
the
Enemy
:
and
then
to
give
the
signal
of
Battel
.
And
the
rather
,
if
either
any
fear
or
disorder
be
perceived
amongst
the
Enemy
,
or
a
forward
desire
and
heat
to
the
fight
with
his
own
men
.
And
these
are
the
observations
and
directions
requirable
before
a
battel
be
accepted
and
joined
.
The
requirables
in
,
and
after
it
,
are
these
following
:
That
during
the
heat
of
the
fight
a
vigilant
eye
be
carried
upon
all
mutations
,
that
so
all
disorders
may
in
due
time
be
either
prevented
or
repaired
:
That
if
the
General
(
after
the
fight
)
finde
his
side
to
have
the
worst
of
it
,
he
act
according
to
that
which
shall
be
observed
in
the
Enemies
order
,
and
the
courage
of
his
own
men
;
and
so
apply
himself
either
to
rejoin
or
retire
,
executing
accordingly
with
vertue
,
industry
,
and
providence
:
That
if
after
the
fight
he
find
himself
to
have
the
best
of
it
,
he
thorowly
to
his
uttermost
prosecute
his
Victory
;
and
take
from
the
Enemy
all
means
of
reuniting
his
Forces
:
That
he
equally
distribute
the
spoil
,
with
a
due
respect
to
the
quality
of
the
persons
,
and
vertue
of
the
deservers
;
lest
(
as
now
adays
in
the
disordered
discipline
of
the
age
)
those
come
to
most
gettings
which
come
to
least
blows
:
That
(
over
and
above
the
common
distributions
)
all
eminencie
of
worth
,
wheresoever
it
be
found
,
be
rewarded
.
And
herein
were
to
be
wished
a
renovation
of
that
Roman
way
,
to
give
some
portable
marks
of
honour
,
together
with
a
sufficiencie
of
competent
subsistence
:
That
(
on
the
other
side
)
all
Cowardice
be
punished
,
even
to
the
least
touch
of
it
,
wheresoever
it
shall
be
found
:
That
mercy
be
used
to
Captives
,
and
good
Quarter
given
them
:
That
the
dead
on
both
sides
be
buried
:
That
the
acceptable
sacrifice
of
thanksgiving
be
offered
to
the
great
giver
of
Victories
,
as
the
gift
earnestly
and
humbly
craved
of
him
,
before
,
at
,
and
after
the
attempt
.
CHAP.
III.
Of
the
pursuit
of
a
Victory
.
Reasons
for
pursuing
a
beaten
Army
,
rather
then
taking
in
Towns
.
Of
mercy
to
Captives
,
termed
,
Giving
of
Quarter
.
Of
Quarter
to
be
given
to
Neuters
.
Orders
to
be
observed
in
the
taking
of
Prisoners
.
HAving
in
the
last
foregoing
Chapter
made
onely
a
mention
of
the
pursuing
of
Victories
,
and
the
shewing
of
mercy
to
Captives
(
in
the
very
latter
end
of
the
Chapter
)
we
shall
in
this
enlarge
our selves
touching
both
these
particulars
,
as
being
points
of
main
consequence
and
concernment
.
Touching
the
pursuing
of
a
Victory
after
the
gaining
of
a
Battel
,
it
hath
been
much
controverted
amongst
the
greatest
Commanders
,
whether
after
the
routing
of
an
Enemies
Army
,
the
broken
Army
should
be
thoroughly
pursued
;
or
the
Conquerours
should
apply
themselves
to
the
taking
in
of
some
Frontier
Towns
belonging
to
the
beaten
side
.
Those
that
hold
for
the
taking
in
of
Towns
,
have
delivered
these
reasons
:
That
the
great
astonishment
that
generally
befalleth
to
such
as
are
beaten
out
of
the
Field
,
doth
commonly
so
extend
it self
to
all
the
Members
of
that
party
,
that
meer
fear
may
procure
a
rendry
of
a
strong
place
at
the
very
first
summons
,
or
within
two
or
three
days
;
which
at
another
time
would
not
be
carried
in
twelve
moneths
,
or
perhaps
not
at
all
.
Secondly
,
That
the
taking
in
of
one
strong
Town
is
many
times
of
as
much
importance
as
the
routing
of
a
fresh
Army
of
the
Enemies
;
and
especially
when
hereby
the
Enemy
shall
be
deprived
of
all
Retreats
in
those
parts
.
Thirdly
,
That
a
routed
Army
thinks
of
nothing
but
flight
;
and
therefore
is
not
to
be
overtaken
and
staid
without
great
difficulties
,
and
much
harrasing
and
toyl
of
the
pursuers
.
Fourthly
,
That
a
beaten
Army
thus
flying
,
falls
to
pieces
of
it self
,
and
deserves
not
any
great
regard
;
much
less
are
any
important
oportunities
to
be
neglected
upon
this
consideration
.
On
the
other
side
,
such
as
argue
for
the
thorow
pursuit
of
a
beaten
and
flying
Army
,
alledge
that
hereupon
the
one
of
these
two
effects
must
necessarily
follow
,
either
that
the
Enemies
Army
shall
hereby
be
absolutely
defeated
,
or
that
they
shall
be
constrained
to
capitulate
for
their
Retreat
:
whereas
if
they
shall
be
quietly
suffered
to
pass
without
a
perfect
Rout
,
their
able
Commanders
may
find
means
in
a
short
time
to
become
once
more
able
to
march
.
For
mine
own
part
,
when
I
consider
of
the
reasons
on
each
side
,
I
am
made
the
most
inclinable
to
those
that
hold
for
the
thorow
pursuit
of
the
beaten
Army
.
For
though
a
Victory
by
the
gaining
of
a
battel
,
may
perhaps
strike
some
terrour
amongst
Besognes
and
fresh-water
Souldiers
,
and
with
such
procure
an
easie
rendry
of
such
Towns
as
are
manned
with
such
men
;
yet
with
old
Souldiers
(
though
beaten
)
having
true
Commanders
,
who
always
sell
themselves
dear
,
it
procureth
a
quite
contrary
effect
,
and
obstinateth
them
to
all
kinds
of
possible
defence
.
Besides
,
though
the
taking
of
some
one
strong
Town
may
(
as
it
may
be
sited
)
prove
as
gainful
as
the
routing
of
an
Army
of
the
Enemies
,
yet
whensoever
the
taking
of
any
such
place
shall
cost
much
time
,
it
shall
not
onely
weaken
the
Victorious
Army
that
besiegeth
it
,
and
retard
it
from
making
use
of
the
Victory
lately
gotten
,
but
give
the
beaten
Enemy
liberty
and
opportunity
to
reinforce
their
Troops
,
safe-guard
their
Ordnance
,
and
either
by
way
of
diversion
,
as
falling
upon
some
other
part
,
or
by
making
head
against
the
besieging
Enemy
himself
,
and
cutting
him
short
from
Victual
,
quite
alter
the
Face
and
fortune
of
the
War
.
Again
,
though
a
routed
Army
may
perhaps
for
the
time
think
of
nothing
but
a
flight
,
and
this
may
hasten
it
so
,
as
may
cost
some
time
and
labour
in
the
pursuit
;
yet
being
hotly
pursued
by
the
Horse
onely
of
the
Victorious
side
,
it
must
needs
suffer
extreamly
,
and
especially
the
Infantry
part
,
and
ten
to
one
in
the
loss
of
their
Artillery
and
Baggage
.
And
all
this
done
without
any
great
or
remarkable
disturbance
,
or
harassing
to
the
pursuing
Army
,
whose
very
Horse
alone
is
to
put
hard
to
it
upon
the
chase
;
the
foot
having
liberty
to
march
fair
and
easily
after
,
and
may
come
time
enough
nevertheless
to
fall
up
with
the
flying
Enemy
,
being
thus
retarded
by
the
Horse
.
And
I
am
confirmed
in
this
opinion
by
sundry
presidents
,
(
amongst
which
,
two
are
very
punctual
)
set
down
by
that
able
French
Commander
La
Noue
in
the
domestick
Wars
of
France
during
his
time
;
being
the
one
of
them
,
that
Siege
of
Poitiers
,
which
became
the
ruine
of
the
Army
of
those
of
the
Religion
,
after
their
Victory
at
Rochebelle
:
the
other
,
that
of
St.
Jean
d'Angelie
,
which
proved
the
like
to
the
French
Papistical
Army
,
after
their
Victory
at
the
battel
of
Moncontour
.
Whereas
on
the
contrary
,
the
King
of
Sweden
after
all
his
gained
battels
,
did
hotly
and
thorowly
pursue
the
utter
overthrow
of
his
Enemies
scattered
Troops
;
and
in
regard
of
that
,
neglected
,
or
at
the
least
suspended
the
taking
in
of
any
of
the
neighbor
Towns
,
whereabout
the
battels
were
fought
.
And
by
this
course
prevailed
,
to
admiration
.
And
thus
much
touching
this
great
controverted
point
,
Whether
after
a
Victory
in
the
field
the
routed
Army
be
to
be
pursued
to
an
utter
ruine
,
or
the
Victory
to
be
made
use
of
by
the
besieging
of
some
Towns
belonging
to
that
beaten
side
.
As
for
the
mercy
that
upon
the
attainment
of
a
Victory
is
to
be
shewed
to
the
Captives
,
generally
received
under
the
name
of
giving
good
Quarter
,
and
by
the
French
called
Bonne
Guerre
;
it
prohibits
not
onely
the
killing
and
murthering
of
any
,
much
less
of
women
and
children
,
or
the
slaying
of
any
in
cold
bloud
,
or
the
not
receiving
such
to
mercie
(
that
is
,
the
not
giving
of
them
their
lives
)
who
shall
give
up
themselves
and
their
Arms
prisoners
after
the
fight
is
over
;
but
also
all
base
and
bar
barous
ravishments
of
women
,
and
the
like
cruelties
.
And
withal
(
as
it
is
now
in
practice
in
our
neighbour-wars
)
all
prisoners
,
being
enrolled
Souldiers
,
are
to
be
freed
at
the
ransome
of
a
moneths
pay
,
according
to
their
several
conditions
.
But
this
general
rule
is
not
without
some
exceptions
:
for
if
the
Governour
of
a
besieged
Town
or
Fort
shall
defend
the
place
he
commands
so
obstinately
,
that
it
be
stormed
and
entered
by
force
,
and
so
by
an
assault
taken
,
and
hereupon
he
yields
himself
after
the
heat
and
violence
of
the
fight
be
over
,
to
a
private
Souldier
;
it
shall
nevertheless
be
lawful
(
without
any
breach
of
Quarter
)
for
the
General
of
the
assaulting
Armie
to
make
him
die
;
because
this
his
obstinate
and
wilful
defence
was
a
trespass
against
the
person
of
the
General
and
the
whole
Armie
,
and
cannot
be
priviledged
by
any
condition
with
a
private
person
.
Also
if
a
private
Souldier
shall
give
Quarter
to
any
Fugitive
or
Spie
,
or
any
one
that
hath
at
any
time
practised
foul
War
,
or
broken
Quarter
;
or
to
any
other
which
hath
formerly
deserved
death
for
some
capital
offence
;
it
is
at
the
Generals
pleasure
whether
this
shall
be
made
good
unto
him
or
not
.
Likewise
,
if
during
the
fight
of
a
Battel
,
many
prisoners
have
Quarter
given
them
upon
the
routing
of
some
parts
of
that
Army
,
and
afterwards
some
parts
and
divisions
of
it
,
as
the
Battel
or
the
Rear
,
holding
firm
,
give
on
so
stoutly
,
as
that
the
fortune
of
the
day
inclines
to
a
change
;
and
those
that
had
the
best
of
it
at
the
first
,
begin
to
be
shaken
and
in
danger
:
it
shall
in
this
case
be
held
no
crueltie
nor
breach
of
Quarter
,
though
those
prisoners
that
were
taken
at
the
first
,
and
had
Quarter
promised
,
be
presently
slain
in
the
field
by
such
as
took
them
;
because
otherwise
they
may
endanger
those
that
took
them
,
or
at
the
least
ask
more
hands
for
their
safe
keeping
then
the
exigent
will
allow
to
be
idle
.
And
thus
befel
it
in
one
of
our
bravest
battels
with
the
French
in
France
;
where
the
French
prisoners
which
were
taken
at
the
beginning
of
the
battel
upon
Quarter
,
which
were
very
many
,
and
many
of
note
,
upon
a
second
charge
given
by
the
Duke
d'Alenzon
,
were
all
commanded
to
be
slain
;
which
cost
the
French
doubly
dear
,
the
loss
of
all
their
prisoners
,
and
the
utter
routing
of
their
puissant
Army
.
It
is
thought
also
by
some
,
that
the
subjects
of
a
State
Neutral
that
shall
entertain
Traffique
with
an
Enemy
to
another
State
,
may
by
that
State
be
made
prize
,
and
no
Quarter
to
be
given
them
,
at
least
least
in
point
of
goods
.
For
(
say
they
)
though
they
do
not
this
out
of
any
affection
of
either
love
or
hatred
,
but
only
to
make
their
benefit
,
and
not
to
any
proposed
relief
;
yet
doth
this
transport
of
Merchandise
prove
a
plain
and
direct
aid
:
And
in
that
regard
,
howsoever
brought
to
the
Enemie
,
deserveth
to
be
punished
with
confiscation
at
the
least
;
because
that
out
of
them
Customs
and
Imposts
are
raised
,
whereby
their
War
is
maintained
.
But
of
the
right
of
this
I
make
a
Querie
;
thinking
it
rather
to
be
understood
onely
of
Munition
,
and
Materials
of
that
nature
;
for
otherwise
it
must
necessarily
overthrow
all
manner
of
Trade
,
and
set
the
whole
World
together
by
the
ears
.
Touching
such
orders
as
are
to
be
observed
in
the
taking
of
Prisoners
by
those
that
take
them
,
I
finde
them
to
have
been
these
,
by
those
of
our
own
Nation
.
That
if
any
Common
Souldier
did
take
a
prisoner
,
and
another
coming
up
at
the
same
time
should
challenge
the
half
of
his
ransome
,
or
else
threaten
to
kill
the
Prisoner
,
the
menacer
was
to
have
no
part
at
all
of
it
;
no
,
though
the
taker
of
him
had
made
him
any
such
promise
.
And
if
the
Menacer
did
kill
the
Prisoner
,
he
should
be
under
Arrest
with
the
Marshal
untill
he
compound
with
the
partie
for
the
loss
of
his
Prisoner
:
and
besides
,
he
was
to
forfeit
his
Horse
and
Arms
to
the
Constable
.
That
if
any
Souldier
in
any
fight
did
beat
down
any
one
of
the
Enemie
,
and
so
leaving
him
,
pursue
on
in
the
chase
or
fight
,
and
another
come
up
after
him
and
take
the
same
man
prisoner
;
this
Prisoner
thus
beaten
down
,
and
thus
taken
,
when
he
was
to
be
ransomed
,
was
to
pay
the
one
half
of
his
ransome
to
him
that
first
struck
him
down
,
and
the
other
half
to
him
that
took
him
prisoner
.
That
whosoever
he
were
that
took
any
Prisoner
,
he
was
,
as
soon
as
possibly
he
could
,
to
present
him
to
his
Captain
or
Commander
,
upon
the
penalty
of
losing
his
part
of
the
Prisoners
ransom
to
the
said
Captain
or
Commander
;
and
the
Captain
or
Commander
to
present
this
Prisoner
to
the
General
,
Constable
,
or
Marshal
of
the
Army
,
before
any
other
speak
with
him
,
that
so
his
examination
might
be
duly
taken
.
And
this
to
be
done
under
the
penaltie
of
losing
his
Thirds
of
the
Prisoners
ransome
(
which
otherwise
was
due
unto
him
by
his
place
)
unto
him
that
did
first
discover
the
default
unto
the
Constable
or
Marshal
.
And
that
every
one
in
whose
custodie
this
Prisoner
should
chance
to
be
,
was
to
be
careful
to
conceal
from
him
all
the
secrets
and
Avenues
upon
the
Camp
.
To
which
end
,
he
was
not
to
be
suffered
to
walk
at
large
,
nor
to
range
about
without
a
good
Guard
upon
him
;
and
this
upon
pain
of
losing
his
Prisoners
ransom
;
whereof
the
one
third
part
was
to
be
allowed
to
his
Captain
,
the
other
third
to
the
Constable
,
and
the
last
to
the
Informer
:
And
the
person
also
of
the
Delinquent
to
be
under
arrest
at
the
Generals
pleasure
.
Neither
was
any
man
to
ransom
his
Prisoner
without
Licence
of
the
General
,
or
the
Constable
,
or
Marshal
;
nor
any
private
person
to
give
any
safe-conduct
to
any
Prisoner
,
upon
pain
of
forfeiture
of
all
his
Goods
,
and
his
body
to
be
under
arrest
during
the
Kings
pleasure
.
And
whosoever
violated
the
Kings
or
Generals
safe-conduct
,
was
to
be
hanged
,
drawn
,
and
quartered
.
And
being
thus
fallen
upon
the
punishments
of
Delinquents
in
a
Martial
way
,
we
shall
in
the
next
Chapter
say
somewhat
of
Martial
Courts
.
CHAP.
IV.
Of
the
Martial
Courts
in
an
Army
Royal
:
the
manner
of
Trials
in
them
.
Of
the
punishments
inflicted
upon
Delinquents
in
these
Courts
.
Of
punishments
in
crimes
not
capital
.
IN
a
well
disciplined
Army
three
several
kindes
of
Martial
Courts
are
to
be
instituted
:
for
it
is
a
noveltie
to
have
Martial
Law
denied
in
the
Government
of
an
Army
in
the
Field
,
and
an
absurd
one
.
The
first
Martial
Court
consisteth
of
all
the
Commanders
in
chief
,
with
the
Colonels
,
and
Judge-Marshal
General
.
And
this
Court
,
after
due
notice
taken
of
the
offence
,
pronounceth
sentence
accordingly
.
And
from
this
Court
lieth
no
Appeal
;
but
to
it
may
Appeals
be
made
from
any
of
the
other
two
.
In
the
second
rank
are
those
Courts
which
are
Weekly
held
in
every
Regiment
,
and
oftner
if
cause
require
.
And
the
Colonels
of
the
Regiments
,
with
the
Judge-Marshals
,
here
sit
in
their
several
Courts
,
and
pronounce
sentence
upon
the
Delinquents
of
their
several
Regiments
.
Of
the
third
rank
is
that
Court
where
the
Judge-Marshal
of
the
Army
,
and
the
Judge-Marshals
of
the
Regiments
sit
,
and
onely
they
.
And
this
Court
takes
notice
of
all
Causes
both
criminal
and
civil
;
and
is
instituted
for
the
ease
of
the
Commanders
.
And
into
this
Court
the
offenders
and
their
offences
are
presented
by
the
Provost-Marshals
of
the
Regiments
:
whose
office
also
it
is
to
produce
the
accusers
,
and
to
attend
the
trials
and
censures
;
the
which
they
are
also
to
see
executed
.
Touching
the
manner
and
form
of
the
Trials
in
all
these
Courts
,
they
are
not
much
dissonant
from
those
in
Courts
Criminal
ordinarily
practised
:
for
the
accusers
are
heard
upon
their
oaths
,
as
also
the
witnesses
.
And
the
accused
have
full
libertie
to
speak
for
themselves
,
and
are
to
be
heard
with
patience
and
equanimitie
.
Onely
the
Decisions
,
in
stead
of
common
Jurors
,
are
passed
by
most
voices
,
being
the
Votes
of
such
Commanders
as
sit
Judges
in
the
several
Courts
;
and
the
Censure
pronounced
for
the
most
part
by
the
Judge-Marshal
;
or
in
his
absence
,
by
the
President
of
the
Court
for
the
time
being
,
who
is
commonly
the
most
eminent
Officer
amongst
them
.
And
these
Forms
and
courses
of
Trials
seem
to
me
without
exception
;
and
are
so
proper
and
essential
to
the
well
regulating
and
Government
of
an
Army
,
in
regard
that
delays
of
execution
upon
Delinquents
in
many
cases
cannot
be
endured
without
thousands
of
varieties
of
danger
;
that
for
my
part
I
cannot
understand
how
an
Army
can
subsist
without
them
As
for
the
punishments
inflicted
upon
Delinquents
by
these
Courts
;
in
capital
causes
,
they
are
,
Shooting
to
death
,
which
is
held
the
fairest
;
Hanging
,
and
sometimes
Empaling
.
That
Delinquent
is
to
be
shot
to
death
,
who
killeth
any
man
in
Duel
within
Cannon-shot
of
the
Camp
;
or
that
maketh
any
attempt
upon
the
Enemy
without
direction
or
leave
from
his
superiour
Commander
.
He
is
to
be
hanged
that
Robbeth
,
Murthers
,
desperately
and
obstinately
Blasphemes
;
that
is
a
Mutineer
or
an
inciter
of
Mutinies
;
that
rescueth
offenders
from
the
execution
of
a
Censure
:
That
striketh
his
Commander
:
That
wilfully
dischargeth
his
Piece
to
give
a
false
alarm
in
the
night
,
or
in
any
ambush
by
day
:
That
licenseth
Souldiers
for
money
to
leave
the
Army
,
without
leave
of
the
General
:
That
takes
pay
of
two
Captains
:
That
fights
or
quarrels
in
the
instant
of
service
,
or
upon
the
expectation
;
in
which
case
also
it
is
permitted
for
any
Souldier
to
kill
such
a
Souldier
:
That
absents
himself
from
his
Duties
:
That
abandons
his
Colours
in
danger
to
be
lost
:
That
disperseth
false
News
or
Reports
,
of
purpose
to
discourage
his
Companions
:
That
straggleth
from
his
Colours
in
a
march
,
or
keeps
not
his
appointed
place
:
That
gives
not
the
Alarm
to
the
Camp
upon
just
cause
when
he
stands
Centinel
:
That
answers
not
all
Alarms
:
That
goes
out
of
the
Camp
or
Trenches
by
any
extraordinary
way
save
the
common
ones
:
That
sells
his
Horse
or
Arms
when
Service
is
expected
:
That
succours
not
his
General
or
Captain
being
in
danger
:
That
quits
a
place
committed
to
his
charge
being
not
enforced
by
the
Enemy
.
That
offender
is
to
be
Empaled
,
that
willingly
and
of
purpose
changeth
the
Watch-word
,
or
makes
it
known
to
the
Enemy
:
That
committeth
treason
against
the
person
of
the
General
,
or
Army
in
general
:
That
poisons
the
Artillery
,
or
by
any
ways
maliciously
makes
it
unserviceable
,
or
endeavours
to
make
it
so
:
And
lastly
,
That
entertains
any
secret
intelligence
with
the
Enemy
.
And
these
are
the
capital
punishments
for
capital
offences
.
As
for
the
inferiour
and
less
capital
:
He
is
to
be
imprisoned
that
fights
,
swaggers
,
swears
,
couzens
,
drinks
drunk
:
That
is
a
common
Gamester
,
absents
himself
from
his
Quarter
by
night
:
That
pays
not
the
Merchants
,
Artificers
,
or
Victuallers
their
dues
:
That
either
by
negligence
or
folly
discovers
any
purpose
or
intention
of
the
Army
:
That
strikes
or
beats
any
Souldier
without
cause
:
That
neglects
Divine
Service
.
He
is
to
undergo
the
Cudgel
,
that
is
contumax
or
insolent
towards
his
Commanders
:
That
keeps
not
his
Arms
clean
and
in
point
:
That
either
sells
or
pawns
his
Arms
;
or
buys
or
takes
any
Arms
to
pawn
.
He
is
to
be
disarmed
or
banished
the
Army
,
or
Strappadoed
,
or
Whipped
,
(
but
this
last
is
seldom
to
be
given
to
a
Souldier
)
that
shall
obstinately
persevere
in
any
crime
whatsoever
.
And
these
,
and
such
as
these
,
are
the
crimes
punishable
in
Martial
Courts
:
And
indeed
any
other
crime
whatsoever
,
which
shall
tend
to
the
disturbance
of
the
Army
,
or
the
debanching
of
the
Souldier
.
CHAP.
V.
Of
the
laying
and
preventing
of
Ambushments
.
How
a
discovery
upon
an
Enemie
may
best
be
made
.
Of
the
fittest
places
for
Ambushments
.
Of
the
service
of
Horse-men
and
Foot-men
,
which
to
be
preferred
.
WE
shall
in
this
Chapter
give
some
advertisements
(
and
that
very
briefly
)
about
two
particulars
not
yet
mentioned
;
Touching
the
laying
out
of
Ambushments
,
with
the
prevention
of
falling
into
them
;
and
the
comparing
of
Horse
and
Foot
in
the
advantages
and
disadvantages
they
have
one
of
another
;
that
so
the
discreet
Commander
may
make
use
of
them
accordingly
.
As
touching
the
laying
out
of
Ambushments
,
the
especial
point
to
be
aimed
at
and
heeded
,
is
,
That
it
be
done
in
such
a
part
as
may
least
be
suspected
;
and
in
such
a
manner
,
that
the
Enemie
may
fall
within
the
danger
of
them
.
To
give
colour
whereunto
,
one
common
trick
hath
been
,
to
pretend
aforehand
(
in
such
a
kinde
,
that
the
Enemy
may
so
conceive
it
)
some
fear
,
and
so
a
flight
;
or
some
want
of
necessaries
,
and
the
like
;
whereby
the
Enemy
may
be
drawn
to
a
more
eager
and
bold
pursuit
,
and
so
the
more
heedlesly
and
unrecoveredly
fall
within
the
danger
of
the
Ambush
.
And
many
other
the
like
practices
of
this
nature
may
be
thought
upon
to
this
purpose
.
As
for
the
courses
of
prevention
from
falling
into
these
Ambushes
,
it
is
a
good
general
rule
to
suspect
all
sudden
removes
and
fallings
off
of
an
Enemie
.
In
which
case
an
exact
and
cautious
discovery
is
to
be
made
,
even
to
the
very
place
where
there
is
any
intention
to
lodge
.
And
the
manner
observed
in
these
discoveries
have
usually
been
,
to
send
out
Parties
in
three
Companies
or
Divisions
:
the
first
to
consist
of
a
small
number
,
to
beat
the
way
at
ease
,
and
to
range
about
from
place
to
place
,
where
any
danger
may
be
expected
.
The
second
Partie
to
be
somewhat
stronger
,
the
better
to
second
and
bring
off
the
first
upon
all
occasions
.
And
the
third
to
be
so
strong
as
to
make
head
against
,
and
to
engage
a
strong
Partie
of
the
Enemie
,
if
he
shall
present
it
.
And
thus
did
Cyrus
in
his
so
famous
descent
dispose
of
his
fore-runners
and
discoverers
in
the
like
case
,
(
as
Xenophon
lays
it
down
)
and
that
with
very
good
success
.
And
it
is
to
be
noted
,
that
these
discoveries
are
ever
to
be
made
with
the
light-armed
Troops
.
For
it
being
a
point
of
no
small
concernment
,
to
be
thoroughly
informed
of
the
true
distances
of
the
places
,
the
condition
of
the
ways
,
the
nature
of
the
hills
,
and
the
course
and
passages
of
the
Rivers
where
the
Army
is
to
pass
;
this
cannot
better
be
performed
(
nor
so
well
)
as
by
the
light-armed
.
And
being
by
them
thoroughly
done
,
afforded
incomparable
advantages
;
good
discoveries
being
the
very
eyes
of
an
Army
,
whereby
the
resolutions
of
providence
are
guided
,
and
the
path
of
safety
delineated
,
that
so
there
may
be
no
stumbling
upon
casualties
.
And
all
this
is
attained
by
a
perfect
intelligence
of
the
true
face
of
the
Country
,
and
in
knowing
the
motions
of
the
Enemy
.
And
the
face
of
the
Country
is
best
known
by
the
use
and
employment
of
the
native
Guides
of
the
Countrie
;
provided
that
they
be
always
associated
with
some
faithful
Scouts
of
ones
own
,
that
so
there
need
not
be
an
absolute
reliance
upon
a
strangers
information
.
And
as
for
the
motions
of
the
Enemie
,
they
may
be
surest
had
by
the
light
armed
Horse
;
who
nevertheless
are
not
to
be
over-forward
in
informing
upon
every
new
trifling
motion
,
but
to
have
their
intelligence
confirmed
unto
them
by
divers
and
various
ways
and
means
;
lest
some
errour
and
mistake
befal
them
thorough
passion
or
affection
:
as
to
those
in
France
,
who
thorough
the
passion
of
fear
took
a
field
of
great
Thistles
,
for
a
mightie
Body
of
Pikes
.
As
touching
the
fittest
persons
to
be
laid
out
in
Ambushes
:
It
is
to
be
considered
,
that
all
Ambushments
are
made
use
of
either
to
endanger
and
ensnare
the
Enemy
in
a
fight
in
the
Field
,
or
to
entrap
and
hinder
him
in
his
march
.
And
examples
of
each
sort
are
found
frequently
practised
by
that
subtle
Hannibal
in
his
Italian
Wars
:
In
the
first
whereof
,
he
constantly
employed
as
well
the
heavy
armed
Souldiers
as
the
light
.
In
the
second
,
the
light-armed
alone
;
whose
agilitie
and
expedition
gave
them
oportunity
and
advantage
with
their
missive
weapons
to
assault
and
annoy
the
Enemie
,
though
the
ground
were
never
so
strait
or
uneven
.
And
these
also
might
be
more
easily
lodged
without
discoverie
.
As
for
the
parts
and
places
most
proper
and
fit
for
the
receipt
and
lodging
of
these
Ambushes
;
they
are
such
as
are
most
removed
from
the
view
,
as
Woods
,
Mountains
,
Forests
,
Rocks
,
Banks
of
Rivers
,
Hollow
and
deep
ways
:
In
short
,
any
place
or
piece
of
Ground
,
wherein
some
numbers
and
Troops
of
Souldiers
may
best
lie
obscured
and
hid
.
And
thus
much
touching
the
ordering
and
disposal
of
Ambushes
,
with
the
use
of
them
.
We
are
now
to
fall
upon
a
comparison
between
the
Cavalrie
and
Infantrie
in
point
of
War
;
with
respect
to
the
advantages
or
disadvantages
they
have
one
above
another
,
according
to
the
several
services
and
occasions
they
may
be
employed
in
.
Touching
which
,
such
as
prefer
the
Foot-men
or
Infantrie
before
the
Cavalrie
or
Horse
,
give
these
Reasons
:
That
the
Foot
may
be
employed
in
all
places
,
and
upon
all
occasions
;
whereas
the
Horse
in
craggie
and
rough
ways
are
of
little
or
no
use
at
all
:
That
the
Foot
are
more
ready
and
less
chargeable
;
and
being
well
led
and
armed
,
indure
the
shock
better
then
the
Horse
can
:
That
in
the
guarding
of
Towns
,
and
all
places
of
strength
,
Foot-men
have
the
prioritie
of
Horsemen
,
in
respect
of
the
point
of
Provisions
;
it
being
more
difficult
and
troublesome
for
a
Commander
to
feed
his
Horses
,
then
to
feed
and
discipline
his
men
:
That
at
assaults
of
Towns
,
Horsemen
are
of
small
use
,
if
they
leave
not
their
Horses
;
and
then
they
are
no
longer
Horse-men
:
That
at
set
Fields
and
Battels
,
Foot-men
having
means
to
entrench
themselves
,
and
having
good
Pikes
and
store
,
have
always
been
found
more
then
equal
to
Horse-men
.
In
Levies
,
Foot-men
are
more
speedily
raised
,
and
led
and
lodged
with
more
facilitie
:
They
are
paid
with
less
charge
then
the
Horse
:
They
fight
more
safely
,
rally
themselves
more
certainly
,
and
easily
:
And
lastly
,
Horse
are
hard
to
be
found
in
any
great
numbers
;
for
it
may
be
believed
that
there
are
twentie
men
to
one
Horse
in
the
World
.
And
these
are
the
proper
priorities
of
Foot-men
over
Horse-men
,
which
have
been
observed
,
as
well
by
the
Antients
as
the
Moderns
.
To
which
also
(
in
mine
opinion
)
may
be
added
,
That
the
Foot
are
by
far
more
fit
for
all
sorts
of
Ambushments
then
the
Horse
can
be
,
in
regard
they
may
be
lodged
more
secretly
;
and
especially
in
respect
that
Horse
are
very
subject
to
discover
themselves
by
their
noise
and
neighing
.
And
besides
,
the
best
man
of
courage
that
breathes
,
is
in
a
fight
subjected
to
the
disorder
and
unmanageableness
of
his
Horse
that
he
rides
upon
.
On
the
other
side
,
those
that
prefer
Horse-men
before
Foot-men
,
give
these
instances
:
That
a
Horse-man
hath
stouter
and
better
legs
then
his
own
:
That
he
chargeth
more
furiously
:
That
he
hath
more
force
and
breath
then
a
Foot-man
:
That
Horse
have
the
advantage
in
long
marches
and
hasty
pursuits
:
That
they
have
more
means
to
surprize
an
Enemie
:
That
they
have
more
oportunities
to
approach
,
to
seize
upon
,
to
cut
off
,
and
to
hold
all
passages
;
to
invest
Towns
on
a
fuddain
,
to
answer
Alarms
and
to
give
them
;
to
command
the
Field
,
to
make
a
spoil
,
to
cut
off
all
supplies
,
either
of
Victuals
or
Munition
,
then
any
Foot
can
possibly
have
.
And
thus
we
have
done
with
these
two
particulars
,
and
finish
the
Chapter
.
CHAP.
VI.
Of
Stratagems
of
War
.
How
to
breed
a
causless
fear
,
or
the
contrary
.
To
give
assurance
to
the
besieged
being
in
fear
.
To
draw
an
Enemy
to
an
over-daring
,
or
into
an
over-security
.
To
discover
whether
a
Town
lately
received
to
Quarter
be
to
be
trusted
.
How
to
appease
an
Army
mutinying
for
pay
upon
a
fight
.
To
avoid
Battel
when
an
Enemie
is
far
too
strong
:
or
to
entice
him
to
Battel
when
too
weak
.
Of
desperate
attempts
in
a
desperate
condition
:
they
are
to
be
charily
and
warily
handled
.
To
prevent
partial
respects
in
giving
of
Counsel
.
IN
the
last
Chapter
having
laid
down
some
rules
for
the
ordering
and
disposing
of
Ambushments
,
we
shall
in
this
take
occasion
from
them
to
intimate
somewhat
concerning
Stratagems
of
War
.
And
because
these
are
so
diversified
and
varied
upon
several
occasions
,
that
for
the
most
part
they
are
in
that
respect
beyond
any
set
rules
;
we
shall
onely
particularize
in
such
as
being
of
the
most
general
extention
,
may
happily
be
made
use
of
by
way
of
Renovation
and
Imitation
.
And
we
will
begin
with
a
stratagem
,
whereby
a
besieged
Enemie
may
be
couzened
and
terrified
by
a
supposed
Mine
when
there
is
none
.
And
this
was
practised
by
Philip
King
of
Macedon
,
(
not
the
father
of
the
great
Alexander
,
but
he
who
was
afterwards
vanquished
and
subdued
by
the
Romanes
)
who
besieging
the
Town
of
Prinassus
,
attempted
it
by
a
Mine
;
but
finding
the
earth
and
part
so
stonie
,
that
it
despaired
him
of
success
that
way
,
he
caused
his
Pioneers
to
continue
the
semblance
of
working
,
and
to
make
an
extraordinary
noise
under
ground
:
and
the
more
to
add
a
belief
of
their
working
,
he
caused
a
great
quantitie
of
earth
to
be
brought
secretly
in
the
nights
from
elsewhere
,
and
so
laid
in
heaps
at
the
entrance
and
mouth
of
the
supposed
Mine
,
that
the
Enemie
might
well
discern
it
,
and
suppose
that
it
was
taken
and
digged
out
of
the
Mine
.
And
after
some
time
spent
in
this
manner
,
he
summoned
those
of
the
Town
to
a
rendition
;
sending
them
word
that
by
his
underminings
,
their
Towns
Wall
,
to
the
quantity
of
two
acres
of
ground
,
stood
onely
upon
wooden
props
;
to
which
whensoever
he
did
give
fire
,
that
part
of
their
Wall
would
lie
flat
on
the
ground
:
the
which
if
they
did
attend
,
and
cause
him
to
enter
by
a
breach
,
they
were
not
to
expect
any
Quarter
or
Mercie
;
and
therefore
wished
them
to
consider
of
their
condition
,
and
to
do
as
they
found
cause
.
Now
the
Prinessians
little
thinking
that
these
heaps
of
earth
which
they
saw
,
had
been
brought
from
other
places
,
but
that
it
had
been
taken
out
of
the
Mine
;
so
lost
their
courages
,
as
that
they
suffered
themselves
to
be
out-braved
,
and
thereupon
gave
up
their
Town
upon
a
meer
panick
fear
.
And
as
this
was
a
Stratagem
to
occasion
and
work
upon
a
false
fear
;
so
these
three
following
were
to
recover
from
the
like
.
The
Souldiers
of
Alexanders
Army
being
on
the
sudden
in
a
great
fear
,
of
they
knew
not
what
,
Alexander
at
that
very
instant
caused
them
all
to
be
disarmed
;
whereby
they
became
assured
that
this
would
not
have
been
commanded
,
if
there
had
been
any
present
danger
.
Clearchus
to
pacifie
a
foolish
consternation
and
uproar
of
this
nature
amongst
his
men
,
proclaimed
a
reward
to
him
that
could
tell
who
had
sent
the
Ass
into
the
Camp
.
And
thus
by
doing
somewhat
quite
contrary
to
that
which
the
peril
would
have
required
had
it
been
true
,
he
gave
a
full
assurance
against
that
which
was
false
,
and
which
his
men
had
onely
fashioned
in
their
amazed
imaginations
and
conceits
.
The
third
example
to
this
purpose
(
which
withal
also
expressed
a
magnanimitie
,
which
both
sustained
Reputation
,
and
augmented
it
)
was
that
act
of
the
Romanes
,
which
was
done
when
Hannibal
made
his
bold
approach
upon
the
City
of
Rome
,
whilest
the
main
of
the
Romane
forces
were
at
the
Siege
of
Capua
.
For
the
Commanders
at
Rome
finding
that
the
City
by
reason
hereof
was
subject
to
Fears
and
Tumults
,
at
the
very
same
instant
caused
a
supply
that
had
formerly
been
appointed
for
Spain
,
to
march
out
of
the
City
at
one
Gate
in
pursuit
of
their
first
Resolution
,
whilest
the
Carthaginian
Armie
lay
before
the
other
;
whereby
they
not
onely
checked
the
bold
confidence
of
the
Enemie
,
but
took
off
that
fear
which
clouded
their
own
Valour
.
To
which
purpose
also
that
very
piece
of
ground
on
which
the
Carthaginian
Armie
lay
encamped
,
was
at
the
same
time
sold
in
Rome
;
and
bought
(
saith
the
Story
)
nothing
at
all
under
the
Value
,
but
at
the
same
rate
as
if
it
had
been
in
the
former
times
of
peace
.
The
which
act
and
sale
,
so
madded
even
Hannibal
himself
,
that
to
make
a
shew
of
being
even
with
them
,
he
made
a
Port-sale
of
all
the
Silver-Smiths
Shops
which
were
near
about
the
Market
or
Common
place
in
Rome
:
As
if
he
would
seem
to
think
that
his
own
Title
and
Interest
to
those
Shops
within
the
Town
,
was
no
jot
worse
then
any
Romane
Citizens
to
that
piece
of
ground
where
his
Tent
stood
.
But
this
Counter-piece
of
Hannibals
was
not
of
so
good
stuff
as
that
of
the
Romanes
:
for
their
act
was
indeed
a
thorough
manifestation
of
an
assurance
grounded
hopefully
,
and
was
onely
acted
to
stir
up
the
courages
of
their
men
;
whereas
Hannibals
was
only
a
passionate
shew
,
and
an
angry
Brave
of
a
continuance
in
a
hope
which
he
well
knew
was
already
past
:
His
Victuals
being
at
the
same
time
so
near
at
an
end
,
that
of
all
those
Hopes
and
Ends
which
he
had
propounded
to
himself
by
this
his
approach
so
near
unto
Rome
,
the
fame
onely
of
his
much
daring
is
left
to
posterity
.
It
is
true
that
Hannibal
partly
was
quit
with
these
Romanes
by
a
Stratagem
of
another
nature
,
that
he
put
in
practice
at
Tarentum
;
when
having
surprised
the
Town
,
and
entering
it
at
two
several
Gates
,
so
that
the
Romane
Garison
with
the
Governour
were
forced
to
retire
themselves
into
the
Citadel
,
the
which
it
behooved
Hannibal
speedily
to
take
in
,
in
regard
of
the
Vicinitie
of
the
Romane
Armie
:
he
addressed
himself
against
it
in
such
a
manner
of
Brave
,
as
was
likely
to
provoke
the
Garison
to
a
Sallie
;
hoping
hereby
to
give
them
such
a
blow
as
might
disable
them
to
defend
the
piece
any
longer
.
And
according
to
his
expectation
,
the
Romanes
not
enduring
in
such
a
slighting
fashion
to
be
approached
upon
,
sallied
out
in
a
heat
of
furie
with
most
of
their
bravest
men
,
and
charged
them
home
.
But
Hannibal
having
ordered
beforehand
that
his
men
should
thereupon
fall
back
as
if
they
were
terrified
,
until
he
had
drawn
out
as
many
of
the
besieged
Romanes
as
he
could
,
and
as
far
from
their
strength
as
he
could
;
he
then
gave
the
signal
to
his
Carthaginians
,
who
lay
prepared
and
ambushed
for
the
purpose
,
and
suddenly
and
fiercely
setting
upon
the
sallied
Romanes
,
not
onely
forced
such
as
were
nearest
home
to
retire
themselves
into
their
Hold
,
but
laid
on
the
ground
all
the
forwardest
and
best
of
their
men
;
so
that
they
durst
not
issue
out
a
second
time
,
but
were
constrained
to
suffer
Hannibal
to
make
his
approaches
at
pleasure
,
whereby
he
forced
the
place
.
And
as
this
was
a
Stratagem
to
draw
Souldiers
into
an
over-daring
,
so
that
which
followeth
is
to
win
them
into
an
over-securitie
;
and
was
acted
in
this
manner
:
Antiochus
the
Great
,
in
his
Minoritie
was
wholly
governed
by
one
Hermias
,
an
ambitious
man
,
and
a
maligner
of
Vertue
.
At
the
same
time
one
Molo
the
Kings
Lieutenant
in
Media
was
broken
out
into
a
Rebellion
,
and
sought
to
make
himself
Lord
of
that
Province
.
Antiochus
being
entered
at
the
same
time
into
a
War
with
Ptolomie
Philopater
the
Egyptian
King
,
was
counselled
by
his
Minion
Hermias
(
who
had
put
him
upon
the
Egyptian
War
)
to
send
against
this
Rebel
,
who
was
but
a
Captain
,
a
Captain
that
was
faithful
;
but
himself
to
go
in
person
against
the
King
of
Egypt
,
who
was
a
King
like
himself
.
Hereupon
one
Xenetas
an
Achaean
(
by
Hermias
his
choice
and
preferment
)
was
sent
with
an
Army
against
the
Rebel
Molo
,
whilest
the
King
Antiochus
himself
marched
against
the
Egyptian
.
This
Xenetas
drawing
near
unto
the
River
Tigris
with
his
Armie
,
on
the
other
side
whereof
the
Rebel
lay
to
hinder
his
passage
,
made
a
shew
as
if
he
would
pass
the
River
by
Boats
in
the
very
face
of
the
Enemie
;
but
leaving
so
many
onely
as
he
thought
sufficient
to
defend
his
Camp
,
he
himself
,
with
the
flower
and
strength
of
his
Armie
passed
over
Tigris
in
a
place
ten
miles
lower
then
where
Molo
lay
entrenched
;
who
hearing
of
it
,
sent
out
his
Horse
to
give
impediment
:
But
finding
that
Xenetas
could
not
be
stopped
,
he
practised
this
ensuing
Stratagem
to
draw
his
Enemie
into
a
snare
of
securitie
.
He
no
sooner
found
that
Xenetas
with
his
whole
Armie
marched
towards
him
,
but
presently
he
dislodged
,
making
a
shew
of
taking
a
hastie
journey
homewards
:
and
to
possess
the
Enemie
that
it
was
done
in
a
fear
,
he
withal
left
all
his
Baggage
and
Victual
behinde
in
his
Camp
.
Xenetas
hearing
of
this
his
Retreat
,
easily
suffered
himself
(
more
like
a
Courtier
then
a
Souldier
)
to
believe
that
the
Enemie
durst
not
so
much
as
look
him
in
the
face
;
and
the
rather
,
in
that
he
was
informed
that
he
had
left
his
forsaken
Camp
well
stored
with
Victuals
and
Bootie
:
whereupon
hastily
marching
thitherward
,
and
finding
it
to
his
expectation
,
he
not
only
suffered
his
men
to
feast
and
drink
to
their
full
;
but
invited
and
commanded
them
to
do
so
,
making
proclamation
that
they
should
cherish
up
themselves
against
the
march
that
he
intended
to
begin
the
next
day
,
in
pursuit
of
the
flying
Rebel
.
But
Molo
,
who
removed
no
farther
the
first
day
then
he
could
easily
make
back
again
the
same
night
,
understanding
what
good
rule
the
Kings
men
kept
with
his
Victuals
,
made
such
a
speedy
and
oportune
return
,
that
he
came
upon
them
early
in
the
morning
whilest
they
were
yet
in
their
Wine
and
Chear
,
with
his
full
force
;
and
giving
them
a
lusty
Camisado
,
so
confounded
them
amidst
their
pots
,
that
their
General
Xenetas
,
with
a
very
few
besides
,
dying
fighting
,
the
rest
were
slaughtered
ere
they
could
finde
their
Arms
,
and
the
most
of
them
before
they
were
perfectly
awake
and
recovered
of
their
Wine
;
leaving
by
their
over-securitie
an
absolute
Victory
to
their
subtle
Enemie
.
And
because
it
is
a
requirable
providence
,
after
a
General
hath
obtained
a
Victory
,
and
received
his
Enemie
upon
Quarter
,
be
it
either
in
a
Town
newly
taken
in
,
or
in
the
Field
,
to
be
wary
of
an
over-confidence
in
their
Faith
and
Loyaltie
(
especially
when
the
Enemie
is
near
)
but
rather
by
all
searching
ways
to
discover
,
if
it
were
possible
,
their
very
hearts
:
That
Stratagem
which
to
this
purpose
was
practised
by
the
Spaniards
at
their
taking
of
the
City
Verona
from
the
Venetians
,
may
serve
for
a
president
for
the
future
in
the
like
case
;
which
was
this
:
The
Venetian
Armie
lying
near
unto
the
Town
,
which
was
not
long
before
taken
in
by
the
Spaniard
upon
Composition
;
the
Spanish
Governour
aiming
to
understand
how
the
Burgers
and
Citizens
in
general
stood
affected
to
their
old
Patrons
the
Venetians
,
gave
secret
order
to
the
Spanish
Garison
that
was
in
Guard
of
the
Town
,
that
in
the
dead
of
the
night
when
the
Towns-men
were
asleep
,
they
should
run
to
and
fro
about
the
Citie
,
and
crie
out
,
St.
Mark
,
St.
Mark
,
as
if
the
Town
had
been
surprized
by
the
Venetians
.
The
which
crie
being
readily
answered
by
as
many
of
the
Citizens
as
secretly
favoured
the
Venetians
,
and
were
ready
to
receive
them
;
the
Spaniards
observing
their
Houses
,
marked
their
dores
with
some
Chalk
,
or
the
like
:
And
being
thus
discovered
,
the
Governour
the
very
next
mornning
imprisoned
the
chiefest
of
them
,
and
confiscated
all
their
Goods
;
whereby
he
not
onely
secured
the
Town
,
but
contented
the
Garison
with
the
confiscations
;
the
Souldiers
being
at
the
same
time
inclinable
to
a
mutiny
for
want
of
pay
.
Nor
is
there
any
thing
of
a
more
dangerous
consequence
,
then
for
an
Army
(
especially
upon
the
point
of
Action
)
to
be
found
in
this
condition
of
a
Mutinie
for
pay
.
And
the
ill
effects
thereof
have
many
times
sorted
to
an
absolute
ruine
;
and
above
all
other
parts
,
in
the
Wars
of
Germany
,
and
chiefly
of
late
years
;
where
the
common
crie
,
even
at
the
exigent
of
a
Fight
,
hath
been
,
Ghelt
,
Ghelt
,
Money
,
Money
:
And
sometimes
occasion
taken
thereupon
by
the
Souldier
to
seize
upon
the
persons
of
their
Commanders
,
and
to
deliver
both
them
and
themselves
to
the
Enemies
mercie
.
For
the
cure
,
or
at
the
least
Palliation
of
which
desperate
disease
,
some
brave
Commanders
have
been
forced
(
with
good
success
)
to
practice
this
Stratagemical
course
:
To
borrow
of
their
chief
Officers
,
upon
fair
and
promising
terms
,
such
sums
of
money
as
could
be
gotten
and
spared
on
the
sudden
:
whereby
was
attained
not
onely
some
satisfaction
for
the
Common
Souldiers
,
by
letting
them
feel
some
piece
of
a
Pay
,
and
making
them
to
apprehend
that
their
General
had
a
care
and
love
of
them
,
by
thus
engaging
of
himself
to
give
them
content
:
but
also
a
Tie
upon
all
the
Officers
that
made
this
Lone
,
causing
them
to
be
true
and
faithful
unto
the
General
who
had
borrowed
these
moneys
of
them
;
that
so
they
might
be
in
the
better
possibilitie
to
reimburse
their
lent
moneys
,
with
the
usury
of
a
thankful
acknowledgment
.
And
an
example
of
this
we
shall
finde
punctually
practised
by
Caesar
(
recorded
by
himself
in
his
Commentarie
of
the
Civil
Wars
between
him
and
Pompey
,
cap.
14.
)
For
being
to
pass
suddenly
into
Spain
,
and
to
pay
a
great
Armie
,
which
required
much
present
money
;
he
borrowed
all
the
money
he
could
of
his
Centurions
and
Tribunes
,
and
gave
it
out
presently
and
publickly
to
his
Souldiers
:
whereby
(
saith
he
of
himself
)
Caesar
both
engaged
his
Captains
to
a
dependencie
upon
him
,
in
respect
of
their
Lone
;
and
won
the
affection
of
his
Souldiers
by
his
Largess
,
and
made
them
willing
to
fight
.
Now
though
an
Army
be
never
so
well
affected
to
their
General
,
and
as
willing
thereupon
to
engage
their
lives
in
his
Quarrel
and
under
his
conduction
as
can
be
wished
;
yet
when
an
over-powerful
Enemie
is
to
be
encountered
,
and
ready
for
a
battel
,
it
is
the
wisdom
of
an
able
General
by
all
means
to
seek
to
avoid
it
.
Towards
which
this
Stratagem
following
much
conduceth
,
and
may
be
drawn
into
President
,
as
it
is
set
down
in
Polien
.
(
lib.
4.
in
vit.
Antig.
)
and
practised
by
Antigonus
,
when
he
was
encamped
in
the
face
of
Enmenes
his
Armie
,
but
with
an
Armie
by
much
inferiour
in
number
.
At
what
time
Messengers
(
or
rather
Spies
)
being
interchangeably
sent
from
one
to
another
;
Antigonus
at
the
receipt
of
a
Messenger
from
the
Enemie
,
which
he
expected
,
had
fore-appointed
that
one
of
his
Souldiers
should
come
running
,
and
as
it
were
breathless
,
and
all
to
be
dusted
and
sweaty
,
and
tell
him
that
all
his
Confederates
were
arrived
.
Upon
which
Tale
Antigonus
expressing
much
joy
,
presently
dismissed
the
Enemies
Messenger
without
more
ado
.
And
the
very
next
day
he
brings
his
Army
out
of
his
Trenches
,
doubling
the
length
of
his
Front
,
to
make
his
Armie
carry
the
greater
shew
.
The
which
the
Enemie
seeing
,
and
having
heard
the
report
of
their
Messenger
,
and
observing
the
breadth
of
Antigonus
his
battel
,
and
imagining
that
the
depth
was
answerable
to
it
;
he
suddenly
dislodged
,
and
was
afraid
to
joyn
battel
with
him
;
which
was
the
onely
thing
that
Antigonus
desired
.
And
as
this
is
a
Stratagem
to
shun
and
decline
a
Battel
when
the
Enemie
is
found
too
strong
;
so
this
other
succeeding
is
very
pertinent
,
on
the
other
side
,
to
draw
and
entice
him
to
a
fight
when
he
is
known
too
weak
.
And
this
Stratagem
also
is
mentioned
by
Polienus
(
Lib.
2.
in
Cleandridas
,
Sect.
4.
)
where
Cleandridas
making
War
upon
the
Thurians
,
and
having
double
the
number
of
men
in
his
Army
to
that
of
his
Enemie
;
and
conceiving
that
if
he
did
but
know
so
much
,
he
should
never
bring
him
to
a
battel
:
To
deceive
him
,
and
embolden
him
by
his
ignorance
,
in
the
embattelling
of
his
Armie
or
Phalanx
,
he
ordered
it
into
an
extraordinary
depth
:
whereupon
the
Enemie
apprehending
by
the
narrowness
of
the
Front
that
Cleandridas
was
very
weak
in
number
,
contemning
his
small
strength
,
drew
out
his
Forces
in
breadth
,
with
an
intent
to
environ
him
.
The
which
Cleandridas
perceiving
,
commanded
the
one
half
of
his
Files
to
march
up
and
rank
with
their
Leaders
;
and
thereby
so
over-fronted
the
Enemie
on
a
sudden
,
unexpectedly
assaulting
him
withal
with
missive
weapons
on
all
sides
,
as
he
utterly
routed
him
.
As
touching
the
practice
of
desperate
attempts
in
Military
Actions
upon
desperate
exigents
:
It
may
prove
sometimes
a
profitable
Stratagem
to
attempt
and
put
that
in
execution
,
which
otherwise
in
it self
were
contrary
to
Reason
it self
,
and
the
very
Art
of
War
:
which
may
be
grounded
upon
this
:
That
in
regard
a
wary
and
able
Commander
and
Generall
not
onely
passeth
upon
tried
and
sure
Grounds
himself
,
but
even
from
thence
and
the
very
same
Rules
expecteth
the
like
from
others
;
upon
finding
the
contrary
practised
by
his
Enemie
beyond
his
apprehension
and
expectance
,
he
may
thereby
be
happily
so
disturbed
in
his
set
Resolutions
and
Courses
,
and
be
so
new
to
seek
,
as
may
(
before
he
can
recal
himself
out
of
his
amazes
)
give
oportunity
to
the
desperate
attempter
to
free
himself
out
of
his
desperate
condition
.
And
Examples
proving
thus
much
are
to
be
found
put
upon
even
Caesar
himself
by
the
Nervii
,
(
registred
by
himself
in
his
Commentaries
,
cap.
10.
)
as
also
in
that
battel
of
his
with
Pharnaces
.
And
in
our
Modern
Wars
this
practice
hath
proved
successful
more
then
once
,
in
those
violent
Civil
Broyls
in
France
.
True
it
is
,
that
these
ways
and
stratagems
are
to
be
charily
and
very
sparingly
handled
;
and
onely
upon
most
urging
,
if
not
desperate
occasions
:
For
,
Temeritas
non
semper
Foelix
.
Since
therefore
there
is
so
much
of
Advice
and
Counsel
requirable
in
all
Actions
of
War
,
we
will
conclude
this
Treatise
with
a
preventative
Policie
or
Stratagem
for
the
taking
away
of
false
or
flattering
respects
in
the
point
of
delivering
opinions
.
For
it
being
over-commonly
found
,
that
through
the
obsequious
dependance
upon
some
Favourite
or
great
Man
,
a
general
consent
and
compliance
is
produced
,
to
say
as
he
saith
,
or
vote
as
he
votes
(
a
fatal
disease
in
all
great
Assemblies
)
though
perhaps
it
be
either
the
worst
that
can
be
,
or
at
the
least
,
none
of
the
best
;
and
by
this
means
the
truest
judgements
remain
concealed
:
To
remedie
this
dangerous
and
deadly
mischief
,
the
wise
Cosmo
di
Medici
(
and
herein
also
imitated
by
Philip
the
second
of
Spain
)
used
to
propound
his
most
difficult
and
important
Causes
and
Propositions
in
Writing
;
and
so
delivered
them
to
every
one
of
his
Counsellors
apart
,
commanding
them
to
return
their
opinions
in
the
same
manner
to
him
,
together
with
their
reasons
;
and
(
upon
his
highest
displeasure
)
not
to
communicate
any
piece
of
them
with
any
other
,
before
his
first
view
.
And
after
the
receipt
of
them
all
,
he
would
cause
them
all
to
appear
in
Council
with
him
,
and
in
his
presence
to
defend
and
maintain
their
several
Judgements
and
Opinions
with
their
best
Arguments
.
A
course
certainly
full
of
excellent
freedome
,
and
for
many
respects
far
better
then
that
the
youngest
Counsellour
should
speak
first
;
who
sometimes
may
be
so
skilful
in
Courtship
of
this
nature
,
as
to
be
led
by
looks
.
And
besides
,
it
alloweth
these
Counsellours
a
fit
time
of
deliberation
to
think
upon
what
they
have
to
say
;
it
being
dangerous
in
these
Cases
,
or
any
of
weight
,
either
Divine
or
Humane
(
be
the
Speakers
never
so
able
)
to
be
too
forward
to
put
themselves
upon
Extempories
.
FINIS
.